units
faculty-ug-ada
Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2015 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (Day) Prato Term 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Term 3 2015 (Day) Prato Term 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Tregloan |
The interdisciplinary studio environment provides through team-based project activities and problem-based learning, the application of knowledge, techniques and methodologies from the students' individual disciplines, whilst addressing a complex multi-faceted problem. The unit may involve any combination of art, design or architecture students. The ability to critically and creatively engage with 'real world' problems through interdisciplinary approaches will be the core of this unit. Students will develop skills in communication, collaboration and innovation, essential tools for both professional practice and research activities within their chosen field and beyond. The final outcomes from the unit may be collaborative or individual.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gain the ability to:
Fieldwork may be required for this unit. Full details will be outlined in the Unit Guide
100% mixed mode by folio at both mid-semester assessment and final assessment
24 hours total per week, consisting of:
8 contact hours (including site visits, lecture, seminar and tutorial, etc) and 16 hours independent study time; or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
OHS1000 and a pass in 24 credit points of studio unit at level 1; enrolment in an approved Faculty award. Students must obtain approval from their Course Coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (Day) Prato Term 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Term 3 2015 (Day) Prato Term 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Tregloan |
The interdisciplinary studio environment provides through team-based project activities and problem-based learning, the application of knowledge, techniques and methodologies from the students' individual disciplines, whilst addressing a complex multi-faceted problem. The unit may involve any combination of art, design or architecture students. The ability to critically and creatively engage with 'real world' problems through interdisciplinary approaches will be the core of this unit. Students will further develop skills in communication, collaboration and innovation, essential tools for both professional practice and research activities within their chosen field and beyond. The final outcomes from the unit may be collaborative or individual.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gain the ability to:
Fieldwork may be required for this unit. Full details will be outlined in the Unit Guide
100% mixed mode by folio at both mid-semester assessment and final assessment
24 hours total per week, consisting of:
8 contact hours (including site visits, lecture, seminar and tutorial, etc) and 16 hours independent study time; or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
OHS1000 and a pass in 24 credit points of studio unit at level 2; enrolment in an approved Faculty award. Students must obtain approval from their Course Coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Term 2 2015 (Day) Prato Term 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Caulfield Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Term 3 2015 (Day) Prato Term 3 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kate Tregloan |
The interdisciplinary studio environment provides through team-based project activities and problem-based learning, the further application of knowledge, techniques and methodologies from the students' individual disciplines, whilst addressing a complex multi-faceted problem. The unit may involve any combination of art, design or architecture students. The ability to critically and creatively engage with research and 'real world' problems through interdisciplinary approaches will be the core of this unit. Students will further develop skills in communication, collaboration and innovation, essential tools for both professional practice and research activities within their chosen field and beyond. The final outcomes from the unit may be collaborative or individual.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gain the ability to:
Fieldwork may be required for this unit. Full details will be outlined in the Unit Guide
100% mixed mode by folio at both mid-semester assessment and final assessment
24 hours total per week, consisting of:
8 contact hours (including site visits, lecture, seminar and tutorial, etc) and 16 hours independent study time; or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
OHS1000 and a pass in 24 credit points of studio unit at level 2; enrolment in an approved Faculty award. Students must obtain approval from their Course Coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer, Dr Leonie Cooper |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD1101
This unit is an introduction to visual cultures from the perspectives of art, design and architecture. Key themes within contemporary visual culture are discussed in terms of aesthetic, technological, historical and ideological contexts. Students develop critical skills in analysing the diverse artefacts and practices of art, design and architecture and communicating their significance in verbal and written forms.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
Written Assignment 1,000 words (30%)
Research essay 2,000 words (40%)
In semester assignment 30%
12 hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rex Butler |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD1102
The aesthetic, spiritual and ideological energies of the industrial period in painting, furniture, advertising, metalwork and so on. The meaning of works of art and design and the meaning of the standard survey which is traditionally constructed to explain the patterns of art history.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Written Assignment 1,000 words (30%)
Research essay 2,000 words (40%)
In semester assignment 30%
12 hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Tamsin Green |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2025
This unit concentrates on the artist's body in art, including photography, performance, painting, sculpture, video and multi-media art. It will consider examples from the history of 20th century art but will focus primarily on art practice since 1960. The unit will deal with issues of identity, gender, sexuality and difference, drawing on performative theories of subjectivity. It will look closely at experimental art practices and how these practices have sought to close the gap between art and life; from the Happenings of the 1960s, through the body art of the 1960s and 70s, to relational aesthetics, and flash mob performance works in the 2000s. The unit will investigate live action in contrast to represented action, and will consider the live action and its remediation in video, digital art and film.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD3025, TAD2025, AHT3025
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jan Bryant |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2102
Looking across a broad range of mediums, including painting, objects, post-object and conceptual art, performance, experimental cinema, video art, actions, interventions, documents and writings, students will examine work from the Americas, Japan, Europe and Australia from the Post-War period through to the late 20th century. The influence of theory and political ideology on practice will be considered, as well as the challenge to boundaries, such as high and low art.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
TAD2112, TAD3102, TAD3112
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jan Bryant |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2105
This subject will chart and critically analyse transformations in international art and curatorial practice since the end of the 1980s through a case-study model that is both chronological and thematic. Various modes of recent art practice will be explored: from postcolonial performance to the boom in Asian art, and from art as fashion to the development of the curator as a kind of artist and the exhibition as an art work. Students taking this course will also be introduced to the major discourses and writers in art theory since 1989, and the role of art within its broader social and cultural contexts.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
Must not have passed unit TAD3105
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Shelley McSpedden |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2120
This unit looks at key moments in history in which art and artists have actively strived to generate social change. With a particular focus on the late 20th and 21st centuries, Art and Social Change critically explores the dynamic sites in which art, life and activism intersect. Diverse contexts and artistic practices will be examined. Topics include the use of art in political propaganda, culture jamming, identity politics, indigenous art and politics, the environment, art and the impact of global terrorism, and critiques of the art world itself. These thematic weekly study topics will be complimented by discussions of theory from key writers and theorists in the field.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
Must not have passed TAD3120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2130
This unit focuses on the art and architecture of early modern Italy. Key examples of Renaissance, Mannerist and Baroque painting, sculpture, architecture, material culture, urbanism and landscape design are considered on site and in context. The principles of early modern Italian art and architectural theory are introduced, from the Renaissance emulation of Classical culture to the Baroque preoccupation with spectacle. The unit also emphasizes the multiple ways in which historical viewers experienced art: as aesthetic object, as narrative, as craft, as divine presence, and as talisman.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
3 contact hours per week or equivalent, site visits and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2136
This unit focuses on research in contemporary art and architecture. Using international exhibitions of contemporary art, and/or art historical sites the unit will direct students through a fieldwork program. This will consider the context and conditions of contemporary art and architecture exhibition. Issues of contemporary art and its audiences will be engaged and/or the opportunity for art historical research. Taking advantage of contemporary exhibition opportunities, the unit will allow for a study of a contemporary artist's work in situ and/or a historical artwork.
On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
One research book (3000 words): 50%
One essay (2500 words): 50%
3 contact hours per week or equivalent, site visits and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jan Bryant |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2137
This unit explores the dynamic place of the moving image in modern and contemporary art. The moving image here refers predominantly to light-based media, especially film, video and new media technologies. The arrival of the moving image in contemporary art presents a serious challenge to our understanding of the traditional media and institutions of film, painting and sculpture. Art and the Moving Image explores the cause, the motivation, and the aesthetic, social and political significance of this paradigm shift.
On successful completion of this subject, students should:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2138
This unit focuses on the representation, design, experience and interpretation of space in Australia and abroad. Concepts of space and place are central to any understanding of modern society and culture and are at the forefront of contemporary scholarship and thought in several disciplines. This unit considers the aesthetics, politics and ethics of a wide range of spatial environments, discourses and encounters, both interior and exterior, public and private, urban and landscape, real and virtual.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
Must not have passed TAD3138
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rex Butler |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2207
All forms of media, as powerful and persuasive communicators of ideas, beliefs and stereotypes in our contemporary world, will be analysed. Answers will be sought to many questions including: Who speaks? Who listens? Who is silenced? Who profits? What are the social, environmental and ethical responsibilities of visual communicators? Is it permissible to appropriate other visual practitioners' images and ideas? What are the points of connection and divergence between popular culture and contemporary art? Semiotics, structuralist and post-structuralist theories will be used in an attempt to decode and interpret images.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD3207, TAD3217, AHT3207
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Tamsin Green |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2440
The unit will consider the ways in which the camera contributed to new ways of seeing in the nineteenth century. The unit will investigate the concept of analogue reproduction, especially photography's promise to represent the 'real' world, and consider practices in which the real is consistently manipulated. Photography will be considered across a range of disciplines: ethnographic and anthropological photographs; documentary photography; photography as a diagnostic tool in the world of medicine and the use of photography by the legal system. Finally, the unit will address the changes in the production and circulation of images evident in digital modes of reproduction.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will have developed :
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
VSA2440, VSA3440, CLS2440, CLS3440, TAD3440, AHT3440
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2530
This unit focuses on Neo-Baroque aesthetics in contemporary culture and their historical antecedents. The Baroque themes of spectacle, trompe l'oeil excess, and incorporeal experience will be examined with reference to the visual arts from Caravaggio to Borromini. The return of these preoccupations in contemporary art and media will also be explored. Key historical and theoretical topics, such as the status of illusionism and narrative in art, the representation of spirituality, sexuality and death, and the recent 'remediation'of earlier visual forms and ideas will be emphasized.
On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
VSA2530, VSA3530, TAD2530, TAD3530, AHT3530
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2602
This unit explores the related practices of art criticism and curatorship and their role in communicating art to its publics. It offers a brief history of criticism/curatorship and critical/curatorial approaches, an assessment of reviews, including those of local exhibitions in Melbourne, and considerations of the theoretical underpinnings of critical reception. Students are invited to explore how they might themselves participate in the production of visual critique in the form of exhibition reviews, catalogue essays, curatorial statements, artist statements and so forth.
On successful completion of this subject, students should:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
TAD2602, TAD3602, AHT3602,
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2740
This unit provides students with an opportunity to focus specifically on contemporary Australian art and understand Australia's place within the international art world. As well as looking at iconic, controversial and innovative examples of Australian art practice from the late 20th and early 21st centuries, students will analyse the contexts for Australian art at local, national and global levels. Australian art will be examined in the contexts of the centre-periphery debates, Australia's role in international art events, the rise of new museological practice, artist run spaces and guerrilla art events. This unit is therefore ideal for those interested in Australian art and visual culture either as an observer or practitioner.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
ATS2740, ATS3740, TAD2740, TAD3740, AHT3740
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Spiros Panigirakis |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD2801
This unit examines the medium and its materiality across a range of visual art practices including: painting, sculpture, installation, photography, video, multi-media, social practices and performance art. It focuses on a historical lineage of art's mediums and disciplines and how they are framed, constituted and judged in a diverse range of academic fields. Concepts and traditions of modern aesthetics, the effect of late-capitalism, socio-economic critiques of art and technology are pivotal to any understanding of how art's form moves between modes of medium-specificity to trans-disciplinary realms. The unit introduces key theoretical tenets to analyse late modernist and contemporary art practices as case studies. It introduces students to the critical dialogue around the medium and artists' material processes.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD2801, TAD3801, AHT3801
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Tamsin Green |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3025
This unit concentrates on the artist's body in art, including photography, performance, painting, sculpture, video and multi-media art. It will consider examples from the history of 20th century art but will focus primarily on art practice since 1960. The unit will deal with issues of identity, gender, sexuality and difference, drawing on performative theories of subjectivity. It will look closely at experimental art practices and how these practices have sought to close the gap between art and life; from the Happenings of the 1960s, through the body art of the 1960s and 70s, to relational aesthetics, and flash mob performance works in the 2000s. The unit will investigate live action in contrast to represented action, and will consider the live action and its remediation in video, digital art and film.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD2025, TAD3025, AHT2025
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jan Bryant |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3102
Looking across a broad range of mediums, including painting, objects, post-object and conceptual art, performance, experimental cinema, video art, actions, interventions, documents and writings, students will examine work from the Americas, Japan, Europe and Australia from the Post-War period through to the late 20th century. The influence of theory and political ideology on practice will be considered, as well as the challenge to boundaries, such as high and low art.
On successful completion of this unit, student will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jan Bryant |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3105
This subject will chart and critically analyse transformations in international art and curatorial practice since the end of the 1980s through a case-study model that is both chronological and thematic. Various modes of recent art practice will be explored: from postcolonial performance to the boom in Asian art, and from art as fashion to the development of the curator as a kind of artist and the exhibition as an art work. Students taking this course will also be introduced to the major discourses and writers in art theory since 1989, and the role of art within its broader social and cultural contexts.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3109
A 'survey' of visual arts in Australia from colonisation to contemporary contexts. Historical and social perspectives in the development of painting, sculpture, printmaking, photography and film, architecture and design. Representation and subjectivity, cultural identity, nationalism and nationhood, ethnicity and gender. Issues of mainstream and marginality; notions of the 'centre' and regionalism, Australia's relationship to Europe and European art generally, and the notion of landscape as a shaper of national identity.
On successful completion of this unit, student will:
4 critically discuss the cultural practices of Australian artists and designers, in historical, artistic, ideological and socio-political contexts, and theorise the basis for the marginalisation of certain individuals and groups
5 be aware of the problematical nature of Australian artistic practices especially in terms of the local artist/designer's position within both regional and international contexts.
Short Essay 40%
Long Essay 55%
Reader discussion 5%
One 2 hour lecture, one 1 hour tutorial and 3 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
2 second-year level TAD or AHT units
TAD3119, TAD2109, AHT2109
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Shelley McSpedden |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3120
This unit looks at key moments in history in which art and artists have actively strived to generate social change. With a particular focus on the late 20th and 21st centuries, Art and Social Change critically explores the dynamic sites in which art, life and activism intersect. Diverse contexts and artistic practices will be examined. Topics include the use of art in political propaganda, culture jamming, identity politics, indigenous art and politics, the environment, art and the impact of global terrorism, and critiques of the art world itself. These thematic weekly study topics will be complimented by discussions of theory from key writers and theorists in the field.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours per week and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
TAD2120, TAD3120, AHT2120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3130
This unit focuses on the art and architecture of early modern Italy. Key examples of Renaissance, Mannerist and Baroque painting, sculpture, architecture, material culture, urbanism and landscape design are considered on site and in context. The principles of early modern Italian art and architectural theory are introduced, from the Renaissance emulation of Classical culture to the Baroque preoccupation with spectacle. The unit also emphasizes the multiple ways in which historical viewers experienced art: as aesthetic object, as narrative, as craft, as divine presence, and as talisman.
By the successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired the following skills:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
3 contact hours per week or equivalent, site visits and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD2130, TAD3130, AHT2130
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jan Bryant |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3137
This unit explores the dynamic place of the moving image in modern and contemporary art. The moving image here refers predominantly to light-based media, especially film, video and new media technologies. The arrival of the moving image in contemporary art presents a serious challenge to our understanding of the traditional media and institutions of film, painting and sculpture. Art and the Moving Image explores the cause, the motivation, and the aesthetic, social and political significance of this paradigm shift.
On successful completion of this subject, students should:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD2137, TAD3137, AHT2137
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3138
This unit focuses on the representation, design, experience and interpretation of space in Australia and abroad. Concepts of space and place are central to any understanding of modern society and culture and are at the forefront of contemporary scholarship and thought in several disciplines. This unit considers the aesthetics, politics and ethics of a wide range of spatial environments, discourses and encounters, both interior and exterior, public and private, urban and landscape, real and virtual.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer |
This unit is designed to assist students specialising in art history and curating to extend their field of study with practical art writing and curatorial experience. A program of directed reading and critical writing, facilitated by regular meetings with staff, will underpin a research project designed to allow students to apply the knowledge they have learnt throughout the degree. Typically, this project will include an exhibition catalogue essay and the curating of an exhibition.
Written exercise (1500 words) 40%
Research project (2500 words) 60%
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed 96 credit points towards the BFA Art History and Curating
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Rex Butler |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3207
This unit deconstructs the visual language/s of popular culture by exploring the notion that film, television, magazines, fashion, advertising, comics, computer graphics and the internet are amongst the most powerful and persuasive communicators of ideas, attitudes, beliefs and stereotypes in our contemporary world. Using the techniques of semiotics and contemporary theory students learn to interpret and deconstruct the meaning of the various mediums of popular culture.
On successful completion of this unit, student will:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Tamsin Green |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3440
This unit will consider the ways in which the camera contributed to new ways of seeing in the nineteenth century. The unit will investigate the concept of analogue reproduction, especially photography's promise to represent the 'real' world, and consider practices in which the real is consistently manipulated. Photography will be considered across a range of disciplines: ethnographic and anthropological photographs; documentary photography; photography as a diagnostic tool in the world of medicine and the use of photography by the legal system. Finally, the unit will address the changes in the production and circulation of images evident in digital modes of reproduction.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will have developed:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
VSA2440, VSA3440, CLS2440, CLS3440, TAD2440, TAD3440, AHT2440
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3530
This unit focuses on Neo-Baroque aesthetics in contemporary culture and their historical antecedents. The Baroque themes of spectacle, trompe l'oeil excess, and incorporeal experience will be examined with reference to the visual arts from Caravaggio to Borromini. The return of these preoccupations in contemporary art and media will also be explored. Key historical and theoretical topics, such as the status of illusionism and narrative in art, the representation of spirituality, sexuality and death, and the recent 'remediation'of earlier visual forms and ideas will be emphasized.
On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
VSA2530, VSA3530, TAD2530, TAD3530, AHT2530
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3602
This unit explores the related practices of art criticism and curatorship and their role in communicating art to its publics. It offers a brief history of criticism/curatorship and critical/curatorial approaches, an assessment of reviews, including those of local exhibitions in Melbourne, and considerations of the theoretical underpinnings of critical reception. Students are invited to explore how they might themselves participate in the production of visual critique in the form of exhibition reviews, catalogue essays, curatorial statements, artist statements and so forth.
On successful completion of this subject, students should:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
TAD3612, TAD2602, TAD3602, AHT2602
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3740
This unit provides students with an opportunity to focus specifically on contemporary Australian art and understand Australia's place within the international art world. As well as looking at iconic, controversial and innovative examples of Australian art practice from the late 20th and early 21st centuries, students will analyse the contexts for Australian art at local, national and global levels. Australian art will be examined in the contexts of the centre-periphery debates, Australia's role in international art events, the rise of new museological practice, artist run spaces and guerrilla art events. This unit is therefore ideal for those interested in Australian art and visual culture either as an observer or practitioner.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 Hours per week including; 3 contact hours and 9 hours independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art history and theory, or Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or permission from Unit Coordinator.
AHT2740, TAD2740, TAD3740
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Spiros Panigirakis |
Notes
This unit was formerly coded TAD3801
This unit examines the medium and its materiality across a range of visual art practices including: painting, sculpture, installation, photography, video, multi-media, social practices and performance art. It focuses on a historical lineage of art's mediums and disciplines and how they are framed, constituted and judged in a diverse range of academic fields. Concepts and traditions of modern aesthetics, the effect of late-capitalism, socio-economic critiques of art and technology are pivotal to any understanding of how art's form moves between modes of medium-specificity to trans-disciplinary realms. The unit introduces key theoretical tenets to analyse late modernist and contemporary art practices as case studies. It introduces students to the critical dialogue around the medium and artists' material processes.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignment 1,500 words (40%)
Research essay 2,500 words (60%)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Art History and Theory, or Theory of Art and Design, or Visual Culture, or permission from Unit Coordinator
TAD2801, TAD3801, AHT2801
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the student and approved by the department by the end of the previous year. Students will be expected to commence work during the long vacation. The thesis will be written under supervision, and students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the student and approved by the department by the end of the previous year. Students will be expected to commence work during the long vacation. The thesis will be written under supervision, and students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester.
Thesis (15,000 - 18,000 words): 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
This unit is designed to equip honours students with critical and theoretical skills appropriate to the study of art history and visual culture at an advanced level. Topics to be considered will include theories of the image, representation and meaning, the operation of ideology, especially in relation to race and gender, social theories (including Marxist and neo-Marxist accounts), applications of psychoanalysis to the visual field, postmodernism and its critiques, cyberculture, and recent theorisations of visual culture.
First essay (2500 words): 25%
Seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second essay (4000 words): 50%
3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week
See also Unit timetable information
VSA3010, VSA4012
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anne Marsh |
This unit is based on a practice of internships for students in cultural institutions. It is designed to provide students with first hand experience of working within the culture industry while introducing them to the types of research customarily undertaken in such institutions. After several preliminary seminars, students will be assigned to a museum/ gallery in which they will work for two days per week, over a period of nine weeks, under the direction of the relevant director. They will undertake a research project of specific relevance to the cultural institution.
Catalogue exercise (1500 words): 25%
Research project (5500 words): 75%
Internship practical work (equivalent 2000 words)
Workload is 2.5 hour seminar per week for 4 weeks and 2 days per week during the 9 week period of internship
See also Unit timetable information
Two units at fourth-year level in visual culture or an appropriate discipline
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer |
Issues of regionalism and internationalism will be addressed, as will the position of Australia in the global art world, including its relationship with the Asia-Pacific. The unit will move from discussion of the American influence to the 'pluralism' of the 1970s: minimal art, performance art and feminism. The focus from the 1980s to the present will address some of the following: neo-expressionism, appropriation, nomadology, aboriginality, post-feminism, developments in abstraction, installation, queer art, the body, relational and dialogical aesthetics. Contemporary theory will be addressed throughout.
On the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second seminar paper (2500 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 40%
2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Anne Marsh |
This unit is designed to assist honours students specializing in art/design theory to extend their preferred field/s of study through a program of directed reading and critical writing, facilitated by regular seminars with senior Art history and theory staff.
to their research.
sophisticated written interpretations of key issues in the field of art and/or design theory.
advanced studies in art and/or design theory.
Literature report (2000 words) 70%; Essay (4000 words) 70%
2 hours of seminars and 10 hours of private study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
This unit is designed to assist honours students specialising in art theory or visual culture to extend their preferred field/s of study through a program of directed reading and critical writing, facilitated by regular seminars with staff.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
First Tutorial Paper: 2500 WORDS (25%)
Second Tutorial Paper: 2500 WORDS (35%)
Research Essay: 4000 WORDS (40%)
4 contact hours plus 20 hours of private study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to the Honours Degree of the Bachelor of Arts (Visual Culture)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer |
Students enrolled in this unit will complete a six-week internship with an external organisation, such as a gallery or museum, for a minimum of one day per week. The internship is self-managed, with the assistance of the Unit Coordinator and host organisation. The internship experience will enable students to put their skills and knowledge into practice in a professional workplace, and build industry contacts and confidence. Students will complete a journal that documents and reflects on the internship experience.
Written report (1000 words) 100%
Off-campus: 48 hours (approximately one day per week over six weeks)
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed 96 credit points towards the BFA Art History and Curating
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer & Dr Fiona Macdonald |
This unit aims to help students develop their knowledge and understanding of various key theoretical writers and concepts relevant to advanced studies in contemporary art. Prevailing critical theories and terms are outlined in order to open up research venues considered particularly productive for the art researcher's own personal directions. The unit is designed as a training for independent research and encourages students to investigate a wide range of ideas circulating in contemporary visual culture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignments (two written papers): 30% and 70%
3 hours of lectures and tutorials and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to honours year
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer & Dr Fiona Macdonald |
Designed as a flexible unit, with an innovative small-group mode of delivery that enables the unit content to be student-led. It is specifically designed to enable students to contextualise their own creative practice in theoretical terms. With an emphasis on creative and critically aware approaches to visual production, the unit aims to open up and consolidate research avenues that may be particularly productive for individual student's personal directions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Two assignments: 30% and 70%
3 seminar hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Eduardo Kairuz |
Foundation Studio introduces architectural design as a process of investigation, critical observation, and experiment. The unit focuses on design as a process engaged with the three-dimensional and material testing of ideas. Projects will be formulated to introduce issues such as scale in relation to the human body, site and environmental contexts, basic techniques of three-dimensional composition and the correct use of architectural drawing conventions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed Mode
8 hours studio per week or equivalent and 16 hours of independent study.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Eduardo Kairuz |
Building on the basic architectural knowledge and skills attained in Architecture Foundation studio 1, this unit introduces students to a further level of complexity in the processes of investigation, critical observation, and experiment. The synthesis of a range of complex issues inherent in the production of architecture: material, structure, program, site, history and representation is further investigated in relationship to the production of architectural form.
Architecture Foundation studio 2 further emphasises the development of architectural designs through the three-dimensional and material testing of ideas. Students will continue the development of two and three-dimensional modes of representation. Studies will focus on developing a more nuanced understanding of design as a visual language and process of cultural production with a focus on social and environmental sustainability.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed Mode
24 hours per week, including 6 hours studio or equivalent and 18 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Sadar |
Delivered in conjunction with ARC1002. Explores materials, component systems, products and fabrication systems as they apply to building construction. This includes the study of materials in terms of their physical and chemical properties, environmental sustainability and impact, and involves physical testing and assessment of materials and their application in architecture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mix mode
12 hours, including 4 hours of lecture/workshop and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maria Fullaondo |
Explores the principles, history and methods of perspective and orthographic projection, and engages in the practice of descriptive geometry through the use of contemporary computer technology and computer aided drafting (CAD). Basic techniques of visualisation and the translation of traditional analogue modes of representation into the digital will be introduced, along with technical CAD modelling and drawing skills in both two and three-dimensions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed mode
12 hours per week, including 4 hours lecture/tutorial and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 3019, 3119, 4617, 4633
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Leonie Cooper and Dr Daniel Palmer |
This unit introduces visual and spatial language, and their relationship to a larger world of ideas and modes of expression. Visual and spatial language are analysed in relation to technical, aesthetic, and ideological frameworks. The reasons behind stylistic development are sought within the framework of the history of ideas, from the political and social to the economic. Diverse forms of art, architecture and design are analysed to offer an appreciation for the connections between cultural production and larger processes of change. In tutorials students are given opportunities to develop visual and verbal skills for engaging in contemporary discourse on art, architecture and design.
On successful completion of this subject, students should have developed:
Essay (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 50%
Visual test (1 hour): 25%
Two 1 hour lectures and one 1 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ari Seligmann |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
Architecture Design Studio 3 further refines the process of investigation, critical observation, and experiment integral to architectural practice. Continuing the emphasis on perceptive synthesis of the range of complex issues inherent in the production of architecture: material, structure, program, site, history and representation will be investigated in their relationship to the production of architectural form.
Design Studio 3 continues to emphasise the development of architectural designs through the three-dimensional and material testing of ideas. Students will continue the development of two and three-dimensional modes of representation. Studies will focus on developing an increasingly sophisticated understanding of design as a visual language and process of cultural production with a focus on social and environmental sustainability.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week including 6 contact hours per week and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ari Seligmann |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
Architecture Design Studio 4 continues to expand on the conceptual understanding and skill base of preceding design studios. The unit elaborates on architectural design as a process of investigation, critical observation, and experiment. It increases the emphasis on design as a synthetic process encompassing a range of complex issues inherent in the production of architecture: material, structure, program, site, history and representation are investigated in their relationship to the production of architectural form.
Architecture Design Studio 4 continues to enhance the development of architectural designs through the three-dimensional and material testing of ideas. Studies in the unit will maintain their focus on developing an understanding of design as a visual language and process of cultural production with a focus on social and environmental sustainability.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week including 6 contact hours per week and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maud Cassaignau |
This unit explores structure as it relates to architectural design and construction. This includes study of structural principles and the implications of these in relation to architectural design and construction processes and outcomes. Direct physical testing and manipulation of materials and structural systems will be used to understand and assess their application in architecture. A range of structural behaviors will be addressed in response to optimisation and material efficiencies as well as their relationship to design intent. Projects will be introduced to promote dialogue between this unit and design studio project processes and outcomes. Integral to the subject matter is the engagement with strategies for environmental sustainability in relation to structure design and construction.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week, including 3 hours lecture / tutorial and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Alison Fairley |
This unit focuses on the development of communication skills and understanding of conceptual, historical and ideological concerns which relate to 2 and 3 dimensional modes of representation. Examining the relationship between 2 dimensional modes of representation and 3 dimensional material and physical outcomes is a primary focus. Two related themes are explored: methods of digital image production, including visualisation and rendering; and processes of material production and fabrication.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week, including 3 hours lecture/tutorial and 9 hours of independent study, or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ari Seligmannand Ms Nicole Kalms (Interior Architecture) |
This unit introduces the history and theory of selected Australian and international architecture since 1968.The unit will also introduce methods for the written, spoken and visual analysis of buildings including site visits, analytical case studies and other forms of analysis. In addition to the theoretical and historical contexts of the buildings studied the unit will investigate their contribution to architectural design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have developed:
The Analytical Project, Essay and Visual Test will together form 100% of the assessment.
A range of lectures, seminars, intensives and site visits delivered in regular and or intensive mode averaging the equivalent of 12 hours work per week, including 3 hours contact and 9 hours of independent study.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jacqui Alexander |
This unit introduces the history and theory of 19th and 20th century Australian and international architecture. The subject will also develop methods for the written, discursive and visual analysis of buildings including site visits, analytical case studies and other forms of analysis. In addition to the theoretical and historical contexts of the buildings studied the subject will investigate their contribution to architectural design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have developed:
The Analytical Project, Essay and Visual Test will together form 100% of the assessment.
3 contact hours per week or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed ARC2401
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ari Seligmann |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
Architecture Design Studio 5 continues to expand and consolidate the conceptual understanding and skill base of preceding design studios. It continues to elaborate on architectural design as a process of investigation, critical observation, and experiment. It increases the emphasis on design as a synthetic process encompassing a range of complex issues inherent in the production of architecture: material, structure, program, site, history and representation are investigated in their relationship to the production of architectural form.
Architecture Design Studio 5 continues the development of architectural designs through the consolidation of three-dimensional and material testing of ideas. Studies in the unit will maintain a focus on developing design as a visual language and process of cultural production with an emphasis on social and environmental sustainability
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed mode
24 hours a week, including 6 Studio hours or equivalent and 18 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ari Seligmann |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
Architecture Design Studio 6 aims to consolidate the conceptual understanding and skill base of preceding design studios. It continues to elaborate on architectural design as a process of investigation, critical observation, and experiment. It increases the emphasis on design as a synthetic process encompassing a range of complex issues inherent in the production of architecture: material, structure, program, site, history and representation are investigated in their relationship to the production of architectural form.
Architecture Design Studio 6 continues the development of architectural designs through the further consolidation of three-dimensional and material testing of ideas. Studies in the unit will maintain a focus on developing design as a visual language and process of cultural production with an emphasis on social and environmental sustainability.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed mode
24 hours, including 6 Studio hours or equivalent and 18 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Sadar |
This unit explores environmental systems as they relate to architectural design and construction. This includes study of environmental design principles and the implications of these in relation to architectural design and construction processes and outcomes. Analysis of environmental systems will be conducted with a focus on the relationship to design intent. A range of environmental behaviors will be addressed in response to performance optimisation. Integral to the subject matter is the engagement with strategies for environmental sustainability in relation to architectural design and construction. Projects will be introduced to promote dialogue between this unit and Architecture Design Studio 6 project processes and outcomes.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed mode
12 hours, including 3 hours of lectures and tutorials and 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ross Brewin |
This unit culminates the Technologies and Environments sequence with further integration of professional practices. It explores integrated building systems as they relate to architectural design, construction and project delivery. This includes study of principles of integrated design and the implications of these in relation to architectural design, pan-disciplinary collaboration and construction processes and outcomes. Students will be exposed to the multiple requirements and determinants that shape the stages of the professional project cycle. Through project-based exercises, students engage with the professional ethics and practices required for project development and the performative integration of building systems and design intent. Students will understand buildings as a site of collaboration of pan-disciplinary teams of experts and clients, whose input contributes to realisation within technical, legal and economic constraints. The unit also addresses strategies for environmental sustainability and optimisation in design, construction and delivery.
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week including 4 contact hours per week and 8 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
ARC3101 or permission
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ari Seligmann |
This unit introduces the history and theory of contemporary urbanism. The subject will also develop methods for the written, spoken and visual analysis of urban settings and their associated architecture including site visits, analytical case studies and other forms of analysis. In addition to the theoretical and historical contexts of the urban settings and associated architecture the subject will investigate their contribution to architectural design knowledge.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have developed:
The Analytical Project, Essay and Class Presentation will together form 100% of the assessment.
12 hours, including 3 hours of lectures, seminars or equivalent and 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms (Interior Architecture), Ms Jacqui Alexander (Prato) |
This unit introduces aspects of architectural production. This unit covers architectural production in relation to a range of historical, theoretical, material and speculative domains addressing diverse social, cultural, technological, and communicative aspects of architecture. Explorations will incorporate various methodologies and points of view. The unit will help students develop analytical methods for understanding and contributing to the evolving built environment.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Mixed-mode assessment: 100%
On-campus: 12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr John Sadar (Caulfield S1 & S2), Ms Jacqui Alexander (Prato T2-58)
Enrolled in Bachelor of Architectural Design and must have passed 96 credit points
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Sadar (Caulfield), Ms Jacqui Alexander (Prato) |
This unit provides focused study into aspects of architecture culture. The unit will develop critical capacities for comprehending and contributing to the built environment. This unit explores architectural culture through the lenses of historically and theoretically based speculative and material developments. Investigations will incorporate various methodologies and diverse points of view. Students will also gain awareness of the associated effects on and of architectural design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% Mixed-mode assessment
On-campus: 12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr John Sadar (Caulfield S1 & S2), Ms Jacqui Alexander (Prato T2-58)
Enrolled in Bachelor of Architectural Design and must have passed 96 credit points
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gene Bawden |
This unit explores the multi-disciplinary nature of communication design by introducing and applying the basic elements and principles of two and three-dimensional design. Students develop a repertoire of knowledge through the exploration of creative problem solving methodologies and manipulation of design elements. Communication design is presented as a creative, analytical and synthesising process with social, cultural and artistic implications. Set projects encourage experimentation and skill development with materials and technology via drawing, image making and various digital imaging software options.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Progressive assessment, by a series of assignments
On-campus: 8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to Bachelor of Communication Design
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Cameron Rose & Mr Jon-Erik Andreassen |
This unit introduces communication design processes relative to the fundamental principles of typography, image, layout manipulation and time-based design. An understanding of how communication design enhances the human experience is initiated in this unit through observation, critical enquiry, interpretation and the creation of visual and interactive forms. Students will utilise typography both as a communicative and expressive tool. Historical and contemporary examples of visual communication, typography and time-based media will be examined, analysed and discussed, providing the opportunity for students to appreciate and develop skills in typography, page layout, motion graphics and digital media design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Progressive assessment by a series of assignments
8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
CDS1001 Communication Design Studio 1A
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Tobias Titz |
Photographic Art Direction will develop students' skills in their ability to manipulate and control photographic imagery via a sound understanding of digital camera technology, its associated software and studio lighting. It will build upon the foundation knowledge of photography gained as part of CDS1001.
This unit will expose students to the processes involved in the documentation of their own work, product photography, and other situations that require a sound knowledge of the photographic experience and how best to creatively negotiate its outcome. Students will become adept at being able to intuitively and creatively direct the narrative of a photograph through a competent use of language, composition, timing, light, props and camera technology.
Students will explore the potential of the camera in both studio and outdoor settings, and begin to understand the scope of creative possibilities and challenges each circumstance offers. They will be exposed to the work of leading exponents of the practice, both contemporary and historic. This unit will be of particular interest to students wishing to document folio content as well as those wanting to pursue a design career in advertising and marketing.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
Illustration for Narrative explores the role of illustration and related image-making within a contemporary visual communication landscape. It intends to address the diverse media through which image-making can communicate ideas and narrate scenarios through both still and moving image. Contemporary image-makers need to know how to harness the potential of story-telling through various mediaexposure to, and experience with, the diverse processes available in essential to this end. Particular emphasis will be placed on the visual interpretation of words and stories, extracting the essence of their narrative content through visual means. These 'stories' may be provided or authored by the students themselves.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% Mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study hours per week..
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in a Monash Art Design and Architecture degree or by permission
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
Communication Design Studio 2A will elaborate on the practical and conceptual skills developed in CDS1001 and CDS1002. Students will be exposed to a broad range of creative communication processes from print to digital media, and will be able to identify the appropriate context(s) to which they would be applied independently and in conjunction with one another.
Students will explore a range of media elements including typography, image, layout, three-dimensional form, sound and motion as core components to their communication design solutions. Studio-based projects across both print and digital media platforms will develop skills in narrative structure, typography, image construction and manipulation, production methods and technologies, and the planning and management of design outcomes.
Students will be encouraged to approach all projects with an open attitude to experimentation and critical enquiry. Studies in this unit will help students develop an understanding of the vital space communication designers occupy in developing and contributing to the language of contemporary visual culture, alongside the social responsibilities inherently associated with this.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% progressive assessment by a series of assignments
8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
Communication Design Studio 2B will elaborate on the practical and conceptual skills developed in CDS1001 and CDS1002. Students will be exposed to a broad range of creative communication processes from print to digital media, and will be able to identify the appropriate context(s) to which they would be applied independently and in conjunction with each other.
Students will explore a range of media elements including typography, image, layout, three-dimensional form, interaction design, spatial environments and visualisation as core components to their communication design solutions. Projects across both print and digital media platforms will develop skills in information design, way-finding, interactivity, user experience (experiential design), typography, image construction and manipulation, production methods, collaborative activity, and the planning and management of design outcomes.
Students will be encouraged to approach all projects with an open attitude to experimentation and critical enquiry. Studies in this unit will help students develop an understanding of the vital space communication designers occupy in developing and contributing to the language of contemporary visual culture, alongside the social responsibilities inherently associated with this.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% progressive assessment by a series of assignments
On-campus: 8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Robyn Robins |
A Brand is more than a logo. It's the narrative story of a product or service that makes people feel a certain way towards it. It is a persuasive and highly potent communication vehicle in which communication designers play a pivotal role.
This unit intends to develop students' comprehension of the value of branding and the development of brand awareness. Through a process of practical studio exercises and tutorials they will explore the development of a brand from the creation of a name, to the development of a logo or identity, to the building of an emotional cache attached to that mark and its applications. Key branding strategies will be explored, including target market identification, product positioning, and competitor analysis. Students will be encouraged to explore creative brand strategies that engage both established and emerging media. They will comprehend specific language and key terminology associated with the branding process. They will be exposed to leading exponents of branding that are both historic and contemporary and will be able to identify key strategies utilised in the creation of their success.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100 mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gene Bawden |
Packaging Design is a unit specifically for those who wish to explore the application of communication design processes within the realm of 3-dimensional packaging design.
Packaging continues to be a prominent component of our visual landscape and this unit will require its students to critically assess its environmental impact, materiality and purpose through well-considered and appropriate design solutions. Different sector needs will be explored. For example, the specific and heavily legislated needs for medication packaging may be analysed alongside the needs of a simple grocery item.
Students will be required to rationalise the environmental impact of each of their project solutions, in terms of materiality, reusability and recyclability. They will also comprehend the value of packaging as both a necessity for some items (sterile medical products, for example), and a persuasive and portable brand vehicle for others (foodstuffs like tea and coffee, for example).
Consumer needs including usability and ergonomics will also be an important consideration for students in this unit. Both form and surface graphics will be explored in detail. In addition students will be required to comprehend and apply the legal and production requirements of their packaging design outcomes.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Jon Erik Andreassen |
Code is the building block of all digital software and content. Once the domain of computer programmers, code is now being used by artists, designers and architects to translate their ideas into new forms of creative expression and communication.
This unit will enable students to apply the basic concepts and principles of coding, from concept to implementation, to create these unique forms of expression.
Through a process of practical studio exercises and workshops students will explore how code and software development can enable innovative ways of translating concepts into unique visual and auditory form. Students will be exposed to key terminology and processes of coding and encouraged to explore these processes to create dynamic and unique interactive digital content. An in-depth study of both the historical and contemporary leaders in art, design and architecture who use these processes to generate important cultural artefacts will contextualise the significance of creative coding in these fields.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Completion of 48 credit points in any degree offered by the Faculty of Art Design & Architecture or with permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Indae Hwang |
This unit introduces students to physical computing as a creative endeavour. Simple computers called microprocessors can sense all elements of the physical world including light, sound, heat, vision and motion. The data collected from these microprocessors can be reinterpreted and creatively expressed in software as images, animation, simulation, visualisation, video, sculpture and sound. Artists, designers and architects use this data to create new forms of expression and communication.
Through a process of practical workshops students will create innovative ways to interact with and control microprocessors and the data they collect. This unit will enable students to apply the concepts and principles of designing and controlling electronic components, from concept to implementation, to express unique and engaging forms of visual, sculptural and auditory communication.
In-depth studies of contemporary leaders in art, design and architecture who use creative digital technologies will contextualise the significance of physical computing in these fields.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study per week
See also Unit timetable information
CDS2521 Creative coding or with permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Guglielmetti |
This unit will enable students to apply advanced principles of coding, from concept to implementation, to create unique forms of data visualisations.
Visualisation is the graphic representation of data. It enables complex information structures to be expressed creatively and understood quickly. Contemporary culture has seen a massive increase in the amount of data generated by social media, web sites like Amazon and other large cultural datasets. The challenge for designers, architects and artists is to translate this data into something that communicates a complex concept efficiently and creatively challenge the visual status quo to generate incisive cultural commentary.
Through a process of practical studio exercises and workshops students will explore how data can be used to generate unique interactive visualisations. Students will be exposed to key processes of data management, including organising, cleaning and preparing data for visualisation. Students are encouraged to explore these processes to create dynamic, unique and creative interactive visualisations. In-depth studies of the contemporary leaders in art, design and architecture who use these processes to generate data visualisations will critically contextualise the social and economic significance of the field.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study per week.
See also Unit timetable information
CDS2521 Creative Coding or with permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Adam Cruickshank |
Unconventional Publishing is a unit for those wishing to explore new models of physical publishing involving designer-generated content. Various methods and rationales - both creative and pragmatic - for the instigation of self-initiated projects will be investigated. The unit explores the possibility of communication design as an autonomous creative practice.
The definition of publishing has expanded to include such diverse practices as websites, books, phone-based media, magazines, public posters, etc. In particular, small publishers have become more numerous and specialised, while traditional mass-market publishing is undergoing a slow decline. There are many examples of such small publishers being led by designers.
Merging the traditionally separate roles of content-generator, editor, designer, publisher, printer and distributor reflects contemporary trends in communication design and provides a holistic overview of publishing as discipline. The unit approaches this breadth of publishing as a contiguous practice that can be overseen by an individual or small group and therefore encourages the development of projects outside of the traditional client/designer relationship.
100% mixed mode - Progressive assessment is by a series of tasks that contribute to the completion of a major publication project.
On-campus: 4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
CDS1002, or with permission
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
Illustration for Animation explores the role of illustration and related image-making within the animation industry. Students will be exposed to the processes and techniques illustrators use in the production of animatics, the process of turning written narrative into a sequential visual format. Students will become competent in the creation of storyboards, and understand the principles of editing and composition in the construction of an animated narrative.
In this unit students will become familiar with the union of image transition, dialogue, sound effects, music, dissolves, zooms, pans and other production processes used in the construction of animatics. They will also explore character design as a core component of animated story-telling, and how that character is adapted in order to create convincing action, dialogue and emotional expression.
Students will be exposed to the work of leading exponents of the practice, both contemporary and historic, and be able to critically analyse the processes used this work.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% Mixed mode
4 contact hours plus 8 hours of private study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Taylor |
Communication Design Studio 3A will advance to a high level the practical, technical and conceptual skills developed in CDS2001 and CDS2002. Having been exposed to a broad range of creative communication processes in the prerequisite units, students will be required to identify an area of specialisation in which to participate in CDS3001. Specialisation areas will be identified upon enrolment into the unit and may include (but will not be limited to) publication design, typography, image, brand, animation, sound and motion, interactivity and others areas that develop as the communication design field continues to broaden.
Within their area of specialisation students will explore the breadth of communication possibilities through a carefully composed program of studio-based projects relevant to their chosen area. These projects, though different in each specialisation, will be comparable in assessment tasks and learning outcomes. Within each studio, students will develop their skills in both the technology and conceptual thinking required of their specialisation to a high level of competency.
Students will be encouraged to approach this unit with the utmost care in their selection of specialisation. General exposure to the areas of specialisation will have occurred throughout the preceding units, but counselling from the unit's chief examiner and the course coordinator will be made available to assist students' selection of their particular area of study.
The projects undertaken in CDS3001 will contribute towards a body of work intended to demonstrate the student's refined level of competence within the communication design field, and assist them to either progress into further study or gain appropriate employment in the communication design arena.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Taylor |
Communication Design Studio 3B will advance to a high level the practical, technical and conceptual skills developed in CDS2001 and CDS2002. Having been exposed to a broad range of creative communication processes in the prerequisite units, students will be required to identify an area of specialisation in which to participate in CDS3002. Students may choose to continue the same area as that selected in CDS3001 to hone their specialist skills, or opt for a different area in order to broaden their expertise. Specialisation areas will be identified upon enrolment into the unit and may include (but will not be limited to) publication design, typography, image, brand, animation, sound and motion, interactivity and others areas that develop as the communication design field continues to broaden.
Within their area of specialisation students will explore the breadth of communication possibilities through a carefully composed program of studio-based projects relevant to their chosen area. These projects, though different in each specialisation, will be comparable in assessment tasks and learning outcomes. Within each studio, students will develop their skills in both the technology and conceptual thinking required of their specialisation to high level of competency.
Students will be encouraged to approach this unit with the utmost care in their selection of specialisation. General exposure to the areas of specialisation will have occurred throughout the preceding units, but counselling from the unit chief examiner and course coordinator will be made available to assist students' selection of their particular area of study.
The projects undertaken in CDS3002 will contribute towards a body of work intended to demonstrate the student's refined level of competence within the communication design field, and assist them to either progress into further study or gain appropriate employment in the communication design arena.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of ceramics as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the ceramics discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasized as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
APA1101, or APA111, or APA1122, or APA1202, or APA1212, or APA1213
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Ceramics 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the ceramics discipline. Methods and materials specific to the ceramics studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
APA1102, or APA1112, or APA1214
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
The Ceramics 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realize concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is placed on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Either CER1111 or CER1112 or VIS1101 or VIS1112 or APA1101 or APA1102 or APA1112 or APA1122 or APA1211 or APA1212 or APA1213
APA2103 or APA2211 or APA2202
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
In each Ceramics 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future ceramics studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, student should:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
APA2104,APA2212
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
This Ceramics 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. This unit continues to focus on the nexus between art making and the cultural and social contexts of art.
On succesfull competion of this unit, student will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA2103
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
In each Ceramics 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future ceramics studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, student should:
Folio of studio work: 100% of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
APA2104
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
This level 3 ceramics unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving ceramics practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA3105
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | George Aslanis |
This unit is the culmination of the ceramics undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their ceramics work.
On successful completion of this unit, student should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Either CER3115 or APA3105
APA3106
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ilya Fridman |
This unit explores the nature of design by introducing the characteristics of space, objects or images as appropriate, as part of a designer's repertoire of knowledge and understanding. Basic design studies provide the framework for the development of a language of design. The understanding of the role of the designer for the enhancement of the human experience is developed by observation, critical enquiry, interpretation, communication and the creation of visual forms. Design is presented as a creative, analytical and synthesising process with social, cultural and artistic implications.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week, including One 1-hour lecture and 3 studio hours plus 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to any Monash bachelors degree.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jen Butler |
This unit places the more abstract concepts and studies undertaken in Design Studio 1 in the context of design practice to meet human needs. The project work uses simplified professional projects to ensure students start to consider all aspects of design problems. The projects involve the use of brief, analysis of requirements, design problem solving methods, synthesis of design resolutions and communication of design solutions. The primary concern in the subject is for the student to be able to overcome the project constraints in order to integrate the range of requirements and issues, and achieve a holistic design that addresses human needs.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
One minor project: 20% Two major projects: 80%
4 studio hours plus 8 hours independent study weekly
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Taylor |
The interdisciplinary studio environment, provides through team-based project activities and problem-based learning, the application of knowledge and techniques from the students individual design disciplines, whilst solving a complex multi-faceted design problem. Offshore context requires students to respond in a conscious and critical manner to the local environment, and to exercise entrepreneurial skills to research.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Exercises and projects: 90%
Attendance and participation: 10%
8 studio hours and 14 hours of independent study per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jennifer Butler |
This unit develops practical design research, investigation, conceptual development, communication, presentation and practice capabilities. The focus is on design research and design management of multi and inter disciplinary projects, in which a range of design factors are considered and methodologies employed to coordinate their analysis and to achieve a holistic design integration that addresses human needs. Projects will be set in a variety of contexts.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor project: 20%, two Major projects: 2 x 40% each
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
DGN2103
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Jen Butler |
This unit further develops design research, investigation, concept development, communication, presentation and practice capabilities achieved in DGN2003 Interdisciplinary design studio 3. It focuses on expanding the details of user, technical and construction requirements. In addition, the social context of design is extensively considered, including cultural and ethical expectations. Projects will be set in a variety of contexts. A critical view toward designing is fostered throughout.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Minor project: 20%
Two major projects: 2 x 40% each
12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
DGN2104
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jennifer Butler |
Multi-faceted and multidisciplinary projects. Studies of the contemporary discourse in spaces, objects and images. Their embodiment as habitats, artefacts and communications. Related social theory. Students articulate and test their individual design philosophies in studio discussion.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Projects: 80%
Oral and written presentations: 20%
8 studio/seminar hours and 16 hours of independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Spiros Panigirakis |
A major project selected by the student in consultation with the course coordinator. The topic will serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's understanding and capabilities. Project planning and research is an important aspect of the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Project research, planning, design: 80%
Project report: 20%
8 studio hours and 16 hours of independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jennifer Butler |
This unit is the first part of a major design project. It provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual designs and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the Bachelor of Design course. In most instances the project is proposed by the student at the beginning of the semester in consultation with the lecturer, and approved by the lecturer and course coordinator.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%
6 formal studio hours and 18 hours of independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to Bachelor of Design (Honours)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
This unit is the second part of the major project sequence for the honours course, where students are expected to continue with the research initiated in DGN4001, and develop a time frame which details the final visual presentation in consultation with a supervisor and the course coordinator.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%
6 formal studio hours and 30 hours of independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kanvar Nayer |
This unit encourages the creative, open and innovative use of computer-mediated art and design. Students are introduced to the various software options (including drawing, painting, and image-editing software) and peripheral devices for digital acquisition, storage and output. Demonstrations and lectures are given on the techniques and capabilities of vector and pixel-based applications for both print and screen-based outcomes.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1 lecture plus 2 hour tutorial) and 9 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art & Design. Non Art & Design students require prior permission from an Art & Design course coordinator to enrol in this unit.
DIS1101 or DIS1102 or PHO1204
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Michael Ebbels |
This unit introduces students to principles of web design. File formats, colour modes, image resolution and bit depth, and preparation of images for on-line delivery. The development, status and potential of delivering information and graphics over digital networks using computers. Variations on network types including Internet and Intranets. Protocols, set-up and file formats commonly used. Motion graphics and on-line delivery of multimedia documents are also covered.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 50%
Exercises: 50%
12 hours per week, including: 1 lecture hour, 2 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
MMS1402, FIT1012
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mark Guglielmetti |
This unit introduces students to the methods and processes involved in creating 3D elements, objects and spaces using a computer software. The key areas of modelling, lighting and rendering will be examined, and various modes of output demonstrated. Different applications of CGI (computer generated imagery), such as motion graphics, character animation and virtual environments are discussed. 3D models will be used to generate simple animation.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 50% Exercises: 30% Journal: 20%
1 lecture hour, 3 studio hours, 8 study hours
See also Unit timetable information
DIS2901, DIS2902
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
On completion of this unit students should be able to: understand the principles and application of Computer Aided Design (CAD) and drafting for interior architecture; apply computing principles for space planning, technical documentation, information management, and construction-related research in relation to interior architectural design and technical problems; generate graphic communications and computer technical drawings detailing the construction of interior architecture; understand interactive visualisation methods for the representation of interior architecture; analyse a range of different types of digital architecture practice, and apply this knowledge to creative work.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
Exercises: 30%
Project: 60%
Journal: 10%
12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1 one hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours) and 9 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
DIS2908
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vince Dziekan |
This unit introduces students to digital imaging within art and design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital processes by providing a focus upon creative image production for a range of digital media applications. Students explore the creation, manipulation, composition and output of digital images with increasing confidence and proficiency across a range of options and controls available through vector and pixel-based software applications and use of peripheral devices. Demonstrations and lectures are given on the creation of digital images with an increased conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.
12 hours per week including: One 1 hour lecture and 2 tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robin Hely |
This unit introduces students to digital audio and video production. It develops sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital imaging by providing a focus on the principles of digital a/v design and industry-standard software applications. Students are introduced to scripting, storyboarding, film and narrative conventions common to cinema. In order to explore audio recording, video capture and nonlinear editing, students are introduced to the tools and features of video cameras and editing software. Demonstrations and lectures are given on planning and collaborative management, types of media sources and output considerations associated with digital audio/video production.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.
12 hours per week including: one 1 hr lecture plus 2 hours tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robbie Napper |
This unit introduces students to 3D modelling within art & design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 3D design and imaging by providing a focus upon the practice and potential of 3D computer-generated modelling for product design. Students explore the creation, manipulation, composition and output of digital 3-dimensional elements with increasing confidence and proficiency across a range of options and controls available through polygon and NURBS-based software applications and the understanding of production issues associated with their output (ie. rendering, rapid-prototyping, multimedia etc.)
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Exercises: 30%; Project: 60%; Journal: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 contact hours (1 hr lecture plus 3 hours tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rodney Forbes |
This unit introduces students to design for 'New Media'. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia imaging by providing a focus upon interactive multimedia and authoring. Students are introduced to a conceptual approach to interactivity, non-linear narrative, navigation, and graphical user interface controls. Technically, students will experiment with various software to develop content for multimedia applications. Students will develop skills in planning and organising content for multimedia publication.
On successful completion of the unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.
12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus two tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Trinh Vu |
This unit introduces students to time-based imaging for 3D design and imaging. It develops sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 3D imaging by providing a focus upon advanced asset creation and animation. Students are introduced to the range of options and controls available through 3D imaging and modeling software applications, towards skillfully creating, manipulating and animating 3D objects, manipulating camera properties and viewer perspectives. Demonstrations and lectures are given on conceiving, designing and producing animation sequences for inclusion into multimedia presentations with consideration for delivery methods and the merits of different media types and formats.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Jeffrey Janet |
This unit introduces students to electronic design for print outcomes. It develops sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital imaging by providing a focus upon the fundamental principles of graphic design and page layout. Students are introduced to the relationship of various software applications for electronic publishing to the design, efficient management of text, image assets and the preparation of files for presentation of digital artwork to a bureau required for the production of printed material. Demonstrations and lectures are given on visual communication and the graphic design of publication projects that emulate advertising industry standards.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercise: 30%. Project: 60%. Journal: 10%.
12 hours per week, including: one 1 hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
This unit provides students with basic 3D documentation and digital manipulation skills particular to applications in the built environment and develops students' understanding of computer-based design for virtual architecture. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 2D digital architectural documentation processes by providing a focus upon spatial modeling and rendering principles and their applications. Emphasis is placed on developing students capabilities at generating virtual architectural representations, in static and animated form. This unit is undertaken as an area of specialisation within the interior architecture degree.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
Exercise: 30%
Project: 60%
Journal: 10%
12 hours per week, comprising: 3 taught hours (1 one hour lecture plus 2 tutorial hours) and 9 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
DIS1912 + Core for BIA and elective for other students
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Greg Giannis |
This unit provides students with high-level studio practice in all aspects of digital arts, design and new media. It explores the possibilities of digital mediums as a fine art tool and as a vocational or design orientated tool. It focuses on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in storyboarding, imaging, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. Students develop smaller multimedia or static work projects that address all levels of the creative process and project management. A substantial journal is required.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Students will be assessed on several thematic and technical exercises and projects. Students submit a journal as documentary evidence of the development of the work. It is graded according to the evidence of research, development, inventiveness and understanding of the issues involved in digital arts and new media and also awareness of contemporary issues.
Journal: 20%
Projects: 70%
Exercises: 10%
8 hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Greg Giannis |
Students create a substantial piece of work/works that explore ideas within a digital environment (interactive, moving or static) based on a preproduction document. This unit consolidates outcomes using specific software or technologies that explore the potential of digital mediums to express ideas with a broad understanding of the mediums' potential. It explores ideas, conceptual constructs, aesthetics and functionalities of new media and digital productions. The final project should communicate self generated ideas that address issues in imaging, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture. Students keep a journal in relation to the set project.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assessment will be based on the completion of a single major project and its supporting preproduction document. Students submit a journal as documentary evidence of the development of the work. It is graded according to the evidence of development, inventiveness and understanding of the issues involved in digital arts and new media and awareness of contemporary issues and research.
Journal: 20%
Projects: 60%
Preproduction document: 20%
8 hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Vince Dziekan |
This unit extends existing knowledge of digital imaging and multimedia design into the production of interactive animation. Students will understand essential theory and concepts, the range of individual roles, technical skills and resources required for animation production. Individual exercises lead to the development of projects that explore the representation of gameplay, generative systems and other interactive processes through animation
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Exercises 40%
Major Projects 60%
12 hours per week, comprising 1 hour lecture, 2 hours tutorial and 9 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Trinh Vu |
This unit is designed for students who wish to specialise their skills and knowledge in 3D computer graphics. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of 3D design and imaging by providing an opportunity to develop a more sophisticated understanding of the methods and theories of generating synthetic images. Emphasis is placed upon students developing their creative skills through a combination of directed and self-directed practice. The unit offers students the opportunity to investigate issues of modelling, space and animation, specific to their proposed projects.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Directed assignments: 30%; Major project: 60%; Journal: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio contact hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Vince Dziekan |
This unit introduces students to the concepts and tools applicable to the moving image such as digital video and motion graphics. It offers students an opportunity to explore the potential of the moving image in a wide range of communications and multimedia applications. It extends the skills students have gained previously in working with digital images, both still and time based. The unit will enable students to bring their creative practice to a substantial level of competency with skills in both the technical and aesthetic aspects of the moving image, with emphasis on refining their personal visual language.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Directed projects: 30%; Self directed projects: 60%; Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including 4 contact hours (1 hour lecture plus 3 hours tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Jeff Janet (Caulfield), Claudia Terstappen (Prato) |
This unit is designed for students who wish to specialise their skills and knowledge in digital imaging. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital imaging by providing an opportunity to develop a more sophisticated understanding of the methods and theories for generating digital images for static and/or dynamic applications. Emphasis is placed upon students developing their creative skills through a combination of directed and self-directed practice. The unit offers students the opportunity to investigate issues associated with a variety of imaging approaches and digital media specific to their proposed projects.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Directed assignments: 30%; Major project: 60%; Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including 4 studio contact hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Robin Hely |
This unit extends student's knowledge of concepts and tools applicable to digital and audio production techniques. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of preceding units by providing a focus upon advanced principles of digital audio and video design and industry-standard software applications. With a greater focus on specialization the students will concentrate on utilizing the medium to a professional level. Emphasis is placed upon exploring the potential of digital video and audio as a medium for inclusion in a wide range of communications and multimedia applications and over various contexts. In this unit student's knowledge will also extend beyond video editing software to sound and DVD authoring applications. Emphasis is placed upon students developing their creative skills through a combination of directed and self-directed practice. On completion students will then be able to confidently return to their studios and utilize these skills artistically and/or commercially with a higher degree of professionalism and understanding of the medium.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
Folio 90% (which includes progressive assessment), Journal 10%.
12 hours per week, comprising 3 contact hours (1hr lecture plus 2 hrs tutorial) and 9 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
This unit introduces students to digital publishing within art and design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of electronic design by providing a focus upon digital methods of publication. Students explore digital workflow through a variety of software applications and a range of delivery options for digital publishing with increasing confidence, proficiency and technical understanding of demands required across the development, creation and realisation of networked publishing outcomes.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Exercises: 30%; Project: 60%; Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including 4 contact hours (1 hour lecture plus 3 hours tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanne Mestrom |
An intensive program facilitating the acquisition and development of practical and intellectual skills required by art, design and architecture students in the discipline of drawing. Observation, analysis, selection, interpretation and expression are studied through sequential projects. Manufactured and natural forms including the figure and other models are central to the investigation of proportion, structure, volume and space through line, tone, shape, movement and texture. A range of drawing materials and methods are explored.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in a course owned, or, granted permission by, the faculty of Art Design and Architecture.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanne Mestrom |
An intensive program which extends students' intellectual and practical skills in seeing, observation, analysis, selection and visual expression; sequential projects are set to facilitate these outcomes. Individual response and interpretation are encouraged to assist students to develop a personal visual language that underpins and aids their major study.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
Through a sequence of exercises that use the human figure and natural and made objects, skills in observation, representation, visualisation and basic design organisatonal, students acquire practical and intellectual skills. Individual interpretation and response is encouraged to facilitate the development of students' drawing skills and visual and aesthetic awareness.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Studio work: 70 %
Project work: 30%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
An intensive program facilitating the acquisition and development of practical and intellectual skills required by art, design and architecture students in the discipline of drawing. Observation, analysis, selection, interpretation and expression are studied through sequential projects. Manufactured and natural forms including the figure and other models are central to the investigation of proportion, structure, volume and space through line, tone, shape, movement and texture. A range of drawing materials and methods are explored.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in a course owned, or, granted permission by, the faculty of Art Design and Architecture.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
An intensive program which extends students' intellectual and practical skills in seeing, observation, analysis, selection and visual expression; sequential projects are set to facilitate these outcomes. Individual response and interpretation are encouraged to assist students to develop a personal visual language that underpins and aids their major study.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
Practical and intellectual skills required by students of design in drawing. Through a sequence of topics that make use of the human figure and both natural and made objects, the skills in observation, representation, visualisation and organisation are promoted. Individual interpretation and response is encouraged to assist students' development of visual and aesthetic awareness necessary to the major study.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
5 studio hours and 7 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
Landscape, Space and Environment provides students with a specific drawing based subject, addressing landscape as a genre of cultural production, and investigate the philosophical and political questions around space and the environment. Much of this unit will be presented as fieldwork outside of the studio context followed by a studio engagement, allowing for a more robust creative outcome.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit provides students with the opportunity to relate to a more expansive definition of drawing and encourages students, through bold graphic experimentation, to maximise their capacity for individual invention and expression in responding to a variety of perceptive and conceptual processe This unit is an advancement on their year 1 foundation drawing.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Folio: 100%
3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
Social based strategies is a studio based drawing unit. Students will be presented with projects introducing themes of the city, architecture, mass media and politics as an investigative drawing practice.The unit provides students with the means to achieve a level of technical competence in these processes, and a consideration of their works in the context of historical, philosophical and contemporary practices.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Kit Wise |
This unit provides students with an opportunity to relate the broadest possible definition of drawing to current art practices, methods and materials. Through a series of set projects, students will be encouraged, through the use of materials and formats, to explore ideas and develop concepts in ways that may assist their major studies. The study is designed to assist students to develop notational skills, to investigate advanced concepts and to become aware of strategies for successfully articulating visual research.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Study Option A: Folio: 100% (which includes at least 20% of assessment by mid-semester) or Study Option B: Folio: 100% (60% at end of block teaching
40% at end of program)
Study Option A: 3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week or Study Option B: 156 hours including 36 hours block teaching and 120 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Stephen Garrett |
A further advancement for students in the study of drawing activities as they relate to the broad field of current art practice. A series of projects offer opportunities for students to advance their capacities in arriving at individual interpretations and solutions. Group discussions and activities are aimed at encouraging the further development of drawing as significant medium of visual research.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Folio: 100%
3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
An intense investigation of the skills required for drawing the human body. Studio classes using life models develop skills in observing inner structure, gesture, spatial organisation and characterisation. Technical studies of representational devices, mark selection, emphasis, and lighting promote a broader understanding of the use of the body's representation in contemporary practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
3 studio hours for one semester and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
An intense study of the visible world. Through class projects, sustained attention will provide greater insights into the aesthetic and expressive qualities of forms and spaces and give opportunities to explore a variety of technical and conceptual means towards their appropriate representation.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
3 studio hours for one semester and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit provides students the opportunity to explore the relationship between Fine Art practice and anatomy. Students will work from anatomical specimens (including prosected cadavers) at the Anatomical Museum and various forms of diagrammatic representation of the body. Through a variety of media and methodologies, the students explore how to make sense of the form and structure of the body, drawing on perceptual, observational and conceptual drawing strategies; as well as contemporary issues regarding the body found in critical theory. The unit will also address the OHS and ethical issues required for study in this area.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
By folio 100% (all objectives). Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
Using the premise of the sketchbook, notebook, journal or diary, students are to develop a personal response to the proposition: how to record the overseas location as a unique site. The notions of site-specificity, context, perception and cultural difference in relation to contemporary art practice will be addressed. An informed and developed sensitivity to the documentation of research activity is intended to facilitate the student's major study. While any media may be employed in the analysis of site and context, the documentation of the skills and knowledge acquired should remain two-dimensional.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio: 100%, of which at least 20% is assessed mid semester
156 hrs: comprising of a six weeks' block of 24 hrs of intensive studio teaching with 48 hrs of independent study overseas, plus 84 hrs of additional study for the remainder of the semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
An advanced study in which projects are set with increasingly broad parameters to equip students with the cognitive, technical and aesthetic skills necessary to formulate a personal language of visual expression that is capable of supporting, informing and stimulating their major study. Students are encouraged and expected to be increasingly independent in project definition, visual research and problem solving thereby assisting them to become active, informed and confident participants in visual arts discourse.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
By Folio: 100%
3 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This study deals with the theoretical and practical issues involved in the drawing of aesthetic proposals that are realised in the form of contemporary practices as conceptual and installation art. The study deals with both the creation of images that may be installed in actual contexts and the processes used in the pictorial development of visual ideas for possible realisation in other forms and locations. This includes initial thoughts and conceptions, clarification in response to practical problem solving, representation as vivid and clear images capable of being presented to a commissioning body or regulatory agency.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit provides students of art and design with a further opportunity to explore the relationship between Fine Art and anatomy. Through a variety of media and methodologies, students explore how to make sense of the form and structure of the body, drawing on perceptual, observational and conceptual drawing strategies. Students will work from the life model, marquettes, anatomical specimens and various forms of diagrammatic representation of the body; with increasing specialisation and knowledge, directed towards individual study projects. Appropriate OHS guidelines and consideration of the ethical requirements of the unit will be addressed.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
By folio (100%). Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit provides students with a further opportunity to relate to a more expansive definition of drawing and encourages students, through bold graphic experimentation, to maximise their capacity for individual invention and expression in responding to a variety of perceptive and conceptual processes other resources to develop their individual practice in an increasingly informed manner.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
By folio 100% (all objectives). Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week, including 3 studio hours and 9 independant study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit offers an extended engagement with the representational issues prefaced in the previous units. In a studio class, sequential projects, will explore the visual description of the human body in a variety of spatial, conceptual and contemporary contexts. This will promote the investigation and discovery of a range of appropriate representational strategies involving drawing and contemporary media. A practical study of the work of historical and contemporary exemplars of body imagery is an important part of the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This study extends the development of observational acuity and investigation initiated in previous subjects. Sequential projects encourage students to recognise the continually unfolding nature of visual perception and through its engagement discover means for its energetic and vivid description. The subject expands the range of objects and motifs previously studied to stimulate conceptual and technical development.
By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 independent hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit offers advanced specialisation in the skills and concepts related to the exercise of drawing the human body. It deals with technical understanding but also with the cultural position of the genre in the context of contemporary practices. In studio classes using life models and through projects which cultivate curiosity and inquiry, students investigate and create rich images involving the human body. A practical study of the work of historical and contemporary exemplars of body imagery is an important part of the unit.
Upon completion of this unit, students will:
By folio 100%. Initial project or work-in-progress is assessed in the first part of the semester and contributes a weighting of no less than 20% to the final assessment.
12 hours per week including 3 studio hours and 9 independent hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art Design and Architecture to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty of Art and Design to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit is the first in a sequence to introduce students to a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes a cutting-edge approach to conceptual and material processes through interdisciplinary transaction, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to develop a personal methodology and language.
Students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
24 hours per week, including 10 hours of taught studio and 14 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
Any VPR or VIS level 1 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit is the second in the Contemporary Practices sequence. It continues to challenge students in a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes a cutting-edge approach to conceptual and material processes through interdisciplinary transaction, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to form the basis of personal methodology and material language.
Students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
24 hours per week, including 10 hours of taught studio and 14 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Any VIS, VPR or FNA level 1 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andre Bonnice |
This unit will focus on site, space, interaction and imagination. It will encourage a collaborative approach to art, design and architectural practice via a site-specific location as the focus of a multi-disciplinary project. The site will be visited in order to explore a variety of views and approaches that will then be shared between art, design and architecture students.
Through intense research, analysis, production and implementation, students will explore and articulate different methodologies to develop a personal or collaborative response towards a successful execution of a site-specific intervention and its presentation.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include students works made independently of the unit and a journal which will document on-going progress and research in relation to the unit project.
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit is the third in the sequence for students to continue a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes conceptual and material processes through painting, sculpture, print and photomedia, integrated drawing, interdisciplinary exchange, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to continue to develop a personal methodology and language.
100% mixed mode.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 2 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Garrett |
This unit is the fourth in the sequence for students to continue a range of leading contemporary art practices and methodologies. The unit promotes conceptual and material processes through interdisciplinary exchange, material and fabrication procedures. Associated projects are introduced based on theories of contemporary art practices, collaborative practices and individual modes of research focused outcomes. Students will develop inventive and sustainable solutions to a series of projects that will enable them to continue to develop a personal methodology and language.
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed FNA2111
Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 2 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Vale |
Art & Design in film is an elective unit involving close visual analysis of selected feature films. While embracing theoretical concerns the primary emphasis is on the visual component of the film and the unit is therefore particularly suited to Art Design and Architecture students.
The unit will involve a close analysis of films by exploring certain themes and visual strategies. This will be done in the context of cinema history and theory. Students will also be set creative tasks culminating in the production of a short moving image work or a cinema-informed artwork.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Three assigned written/visual projects totaling 100%
4 hour lecture + 8 hours private research per week
OR
3 week intensive program (144 hours total study)
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art & Design. Non Art & Design students require prior permission from an Art & Design course coordinator to enrol in this unit.
VCO2901, VCO2903
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This unit is the fifth in the Contemporary Practices sequence. In this unit emphasis is placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in student' work. Imagination combined with advanced conceptualisation and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Whilst providing a stimulating and supportive environment this unit provides a bridge between students' experience in the supervised studio and a fully-fledged independent professional practice in the broader arts arena.
100% mixed mode.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 3 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This unit is the last and culminating unit in the Contemporary Practices sequence. In this unit emphasis is placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. Imagination combined with advanced conceptualisation and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop individual programs in conjunction with the lecturers that reflect their personal direction and evolving art practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts. Lecturers facilitate students' own exploration, primarily through personal tuition where detailed analysis and discussion of students' work takes place. Whilst providing a stimulating and supportive environment this unit provides a bridge between students' experience in the supervised studio and a fully-fledged independent professional practice in the broader arts arena. The work produced culminates in an end of year exhibition of a professional standard, preparing students for entry into the professional world as fine artists in the discipline of choice, or the pursuit of further studies at a higher level.
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Any FNA, VIS or VPR level 3 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michael Vale |
This unit will offer a continuation of skills and knowledge acquired in its introductory unit VCO2903. Students will be asked to work at an advanced level of production - either individually or in collaboration - while scrutinising current cinema practice in greater depth.
Art & Design in film is an elective unit involving close visual analysis of selected feature films. The unit focuses on design as part of the visual language of film. While embracing theoretical concerns the primary emphasis is on the design component of the film and the unit is therefore particularly suited to Art and Design students.
The unit will involve a close analysis of films as complete works, but more particularly by exploring certain themes and visual strategies. This will be done in the context of cinema history and theory. Students will also be set creative tasks culminating in the production of a longer moving image work or a cinema-informed artwork.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
Idea for a film work with storyboard + Photo-sequence based on storyboard + journal 50%
Final moving image work or cinema-informed artwork + journal 50%
12 hours per week, including 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2903 or PHO2204
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fiona Macdonald |
Studio at honours level is research-oriented and non-prescriptive in terms of content. Students produce a proposal at the beginning of the semester but are free to carry out their work with any number of deviations from their original plans. The intentions of students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
24 hours (lecture, tutorial, individual supervision) per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to honours program
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fiona Macdonald |
Studio at honours level is research-oriented and non-prescriptive in the terms of its content. Students produce a proposal at the beginning of the semester but are free to carry out their work with any number of deviations from their original plans. The intentions of students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 100%
36 hours (lecture, tutorial, individual supervision) per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Fiona Macdonald |
Studio practice at the honours level is advanced and research-based. Studio Methodology is designed to compliment the primary Bachelor of Fine Art Honours studio research project unit, Project Studies, by introducing students to advanced studio research methodologies. Through a discursive engagement with this range of methodologies and their field of enquiry, the student will be able to develop a studio-based practice appropriate for their individual Honours year project.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio presentation: 100%
On-campus: 3 hours class per week
Off-campus: 9 hours independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Must also be concurrently enrolled in FNA4001
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sary Zananiri |
This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of glass as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on the acquisition of skill in a number of techniques, including sandblasting, engraving, glass fusing and slumping and molten glass sand casting. Students will be made aware of contemporary fine art practice and multi-disciplinary approaches which include glass media. Students will engage with the unique visual properties of this medium.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission.
APA1301 or APA1311 or APA1407 or APA1412 or APA1413
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Glass 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the glass discipline. Methods and materials specific to the glass studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission.
APA1302 or APA1312 or APA1322
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Callum Morton |
This unit introduces students to the ancient craft of Glass Blowing in a contemporary light. Students will be taught an introductory level of Glass Blowing combined with a focus on conceptual approaches to this medium.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to a Faculty of Art Design & Architecture course or permission
APA1301 or APA1311
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Glass 2A unit. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the glass discipline. Methods and materials specific to the glass discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
APA1302 or APA1312
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sary Zananiri |
This unit introduces students to varied techniques of sculpting with glass. Working from clay and wax originals glass is cast into hand built refractory moulds, fired in a kiln and then polished. These processes allow the transference of original and found objects to be re-contextualised into glass. Students will explore the unique optical and material properties of the medium and will acquire an understanding to contemporary approaches. Projects are conceptually based and can incorporate a multi-media approach.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Students in the Faculty of Art Design & Architecture must have achieved 48 credit points of study in the faculty. Students outside of the Faculty must complete GLS1211 or GLS1231.
APA2303 or APA2411
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
In each Glass 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future glass studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA2304 or APA2412
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Callum Morton |
This unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students awareness of conceptual approaches to Glass Blowing and sculpting with molten glass. Continued research and skill development will foster the acquisition of a personal visual language, utilising the unique optical and material qualities of glass. Students will create projects with an emphasis on multidisciplinary approaches.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA2303 or APA2411
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
In each Glass 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future glass studio work. Self motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio, and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA2304 or APA2412
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This level 3 glass unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving glass practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio, and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA3305
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit is the culmination of the glass undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Either GLS3215 or APA3305
APA3306
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Purdy |
This unit develops an understanding of concepts of photomedia and an understanding of the relationship and relevance of student photographic work to aesthetics in photography, art and design. Students will undertake a series of thematic projects which stimulate awareness in the creative processes of conceiving, producing and editing photographic imagery through the control, manipulation and application of appropriate photographic material (ie. colour transparency films, print materials). This unit of photomedia imaging is a core unit within the BDes (VisComm) and for studio majors in the BFA and BVA courses.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30% Project:50% Journal:20%
4 hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art Design and Architecture or permission of Head of Department for non-Faculty applicants
PHO1101, PHO1111, PHO1121, PHO1203
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Manon van Kouswijk |
This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of sculpture as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the sculpture discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission
FNA1601, FNA1611, FNA1701, FNA1703, FNA1704, FNA1722, SCU1611
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanne Mestrom |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Sculpture 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the sculpture discipline. Methods and materials specific to the sculpture studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
FNA1602, FNA1612, FNA1703, FNA1722, SCU1612
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Purdy |
This unit introduces students to darkroom practices associated with analogue photography. It develops upon the skills and knowledge of photomedia imaging by providing a focus upon creative image production through 'manipulated' photography approaches. Students will develop their understanding and application of darkroom-based photography and the exploration of the materiality of the photographic "medium". Students will have the opportunity to explore a range of printing techniques (i.e. black and white, colour and alternative processes) and mixed media.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 50%. Journal: 20%.
12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 3 tutorial hours and 8 independent study hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Purdy |
This unit introduces students to studio practice and the construction of photographic illusion. It builds upon the skills and knowledge of photomedia by focusing upon creative image production through 'fabricated' photography approaches. Students will develop their understanding and application of lens-based photography through exploring the construction of photographic "reality". Students will have the opportunity to explore studio photography (i.e. digital and medium format cameras, tungsten and electronic studio lighting, tableaux and constructions).
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 50%, Journal: 20%
12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 3 tutorial hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rosalind Atkins |
Students will be encouraged to develop their image making by extending their visual vocabulary. It is expected that students will pursue work of an individual nature with an emphasis on a graphic sensibility. Concentration on a particular medium or process such as intaglio, lithography, relief print or artists books will be offered by the lecturer teaching this unit.
On completion of this unit students will have been encouraged to select one printmaking process (intaglio, relief, planographic) and explore the technical and image-making possibilities in greater depth; and continue to develop the expressive potential of printmaking as an extension to their major study by exploring ideas and developing projects that originate in the studios of painting, sculpture, ceramics or photography.
Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%
12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
GVA2222
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanne Mestrom |
Through the continuing provision of knowledge from historical references, students will undertake a fundamental analysis of the work of `installation' artists and will attempt to produce work within this format (on a limited scale - indoors/outdoors) documentation techniques will be examined with consideration to recording work in an in/outdoor environment. Health and safety awareness will be encouraged at all times within the studio environment.
By completion of this unit students are expected to have developed a recognition of the work of various installation artists and the problems associated within the genre of work; fundamental skills in the conception and production of installation work in an indoor or outdoor environment of a limited scale.
Attendance and participation: 30%
Folio submission: 70%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
GVA2422
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Purdy |
As much as practicable, students will be able to determine their own direction of study within the broad range of photo media. Each student, in consultation with the lecturer, will write a concept proposal for the creation of a body of work. At the end of the semester, a written appraisal by each student of the project will assess processes involved, direction and outcome of the work.
By completion of this unit students are expected to have demonstrated the ability to determine the content of their images and to develop self-initiated projects requiring a concept proposal prior to the creation of a body of work and a written appraisal of the project at its completion; and that they have researched and understood the basic theoretical precepts determining photographic practice and examined relevant examples of practice from the history of the medium.
Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%
12 hours per week including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
GVA2722
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Manon van Kouswijk |
A series of lectures covers the following topics: professional associations, folio preparation, fees and commissions, gallery management, the function and roles of public, private and artist run galleries, catalogue publication, curating, conservation, art criticism and intellectual property, copyright and taxation, promotion, publicity and press releases in addition to the documentation of work. Tutorials explore these options through practical exercises and case studies.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Oral presentation: 25%; Assigned projects: 75%
12 hours per week including; 3 hours for lectures/tutorials and 9 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
PPR3201, PPR3202
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Purdy |
This unit focuses on the production of a major body of photomedia work, demonstrating a critical and topical engagement within a contemporary art and design context. The unit will enable students to bring their creative practice to a substantial level of competency with skills in both the technical and aesthetic aspects of photomedia, with emphasis on refining their personal visual language. As a major part of the unit is proposal-based, students will negotiate a theme of personal interest in the field of contemporary photomedia with an understanding of the implications of media choice and presentation.
On successful completion of this unit students will:
Folio: 90% (which includes progressive assessment); Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rosalind Atkins |
By this semester, students will have a reasonable command of their chosen printmaking medium(s). They should be aware of expressive possibilities, both conceptually and visually, and therefore have the ability to design an individually approved program. This program should take into account their major field of study. Concentration on a particular medium or process such as intaglio, lithography, relief printing or artist's book will be offered by the lecturer teaching this unit.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to have developed a level of technical competence that will enable them to work independently in the printmaking medium(s) of their choice; have designed and developed an individually approved study program from which a personal approach to printmaking can be derived; and have demonstrated an understanding of the processes and workshop practices (editioning etc) associated with printmaking and to do so with an attitude that is professional.
Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanne Mestrom |
Students at this level will have developed a greater understanding of studio procedures and basic material manipulation and techniques within certain mediums. Emphasis will be placed on the execution of concepts which have an integral relationship to their major area of study. Students will be encouraged to work independently by completing individual projects under guidance. The work of contemporary artists, will be addressed where suitable for each student's progress.
By completion of this unit students are expected to have developed responsibility in designing projects which contain a direct relationship to their major area of study; competence with organising concepts, selecting materials, gaining technical and theoretical information through questioning, basic research and practice; a capacity to practice critical dialogue in group sessions regarding the progress of their work; and continued awareness with health and safety concerns.
Attendance and participation: 30%
Folio submission: 70%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Purdy |
The emphasis in this unit is on the production of exhibition-quality photographs of a high standard and strong conceptual base. In addition, students are expected to develop a critical and analytical approach to viewing fine art photographic images and to formulate and express an opinion about works presented.
By completion of this unit students are expected to have demonstrated a development of the skills and concepts acquired in the previous three subjects by the production of a body of work of high standard which reflects a progression from and a knowledge of work covered in previous subjects; and the ability to initiate projects based on the student's major philosophical concerns and photographic investigations.
Artistic and conceptual development: 45%
Technical achievement: 45%
Contribution to critiques: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kate Tregloan |
Issues of structuring, servicing and constructing spaces are introduced. Projects involve the use of a brief, analysis of requirements, design problem solving methods, synthesis of design resolutions and communication of design solutions. The primary concern in this unit is to overcome the project constraints in order to integrate the range of requirements and issues, and achieve a holistic design that addresses human needs.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Design projects: 90% Oral and written presentations: 10%
4 hours taught studio, plus 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
This unit introduces 'habitation' as a key consideration of the Interior Architecture program. The unit will introduce designing as a series of activities and approaches, developing outcomes in response to specified human needs.
Projects will focus on the design of spaces for habitation, and the issues, needs and values inherent in such an approach. Key conventions for the exploration and communication of spatial proposals will form an important part of the studio, and will form a foundation for later studies.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment
Includes progressive assessment and folio.
On campus: 24 hours per week including 8 contact hours and 16 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
This unit introduces 'context' as a key consideration of the Interior Architecture program. The unit builds on the experiences and skills developed in previous units to engage with the social aspects and collaborative processes of design.
Projects will focus on the social, cultural and physical contexts of interior architecture. The development of key observation and representation skills will underpin useful perspectives for design development and communication.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)
On campus: 24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Sven Mehzoud |
Principles of small scale architectural and interior construction as applied to interiors. Incorporation of services, structure, materials, basic materials science, construction methods and systems. The basic science of construction and building materials, the major types of small scale construction methods, the major materials used in small scale construction and interiors, and ways in which services are integrated into overall construction.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Examination: 35% Project: 50% Tutorial presentations: 15%
4 hours in class and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
IAR1201, IAR2201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kate Tregloan |
Communication and media skills required by the professional interior architect, including technical communication and documentation, presentation methods and media, and their applications. Lectures cover the range of media, technical and construction drawing, and specification, and briefing document drafting. Demonstrations and exercises focus on skills in 2D and 3D media, and presentation techniques.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises and projects: 80% Minor assignment: 10% Verbal presentation: 10%
4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR1402, IAR1410
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andre Bonnice |
This unit introduces basic techniques of visualisation for the exploration and communication of interior architecture. These techniques are examined, and then applied to the communication of interior architectural experiences throughout the design process. The student will use a range of media including digital modelling, and develop proposals in two and three dimensions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment.
Includes progressive assessment and folio.
On campus: 12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
DIS1912, IAR1402, IAR1410, DIS2908
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Sven Mehzoud |
This unit will focus on the physical and qualitative properties of common materials employed in interior architecture projects. Projects will focus on the development of observation and analytical skills to support the investigation of these properties, and the potential for their application in design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment.
Includes progressive assessment and folio.
On campus: 12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR1211, IAR1201, IAR2201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Sven Mehzoud |
This unit and IAR2114 are the key units for developing interior architecture design capabilities. In this unit, the focus is on exposing students to problems which include a variety of interior architectural factors, and applying methodologies to coordinate their analysis and to achieve a holistic integrated design that addresses human needs. The projects are set in a variety of contexts, involving simple construction and structural requirements and basic service issues.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Design project: 90%, Oral and written presentation: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours + 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2103
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
This unit and IAR2113 are key units for developing the essence of interior architecture practice. In this unit, the focus is on extending and mastering the range of factors covered in IAR2113 to achieve high quality technical, historical, symbolic, aesthetic and social design solutions
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Major design project: 90%. Oral and written presentation: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2104
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
This unit introduces 'change' as a key consideration of the Interior Architecture program. The unit builds on the experiences and skills developed in previous units to engage with design as a process of discovery, connecting introductory research concepts and studio activities.
Projects will focus on the temporal aspects of interior architecture, and the connection of design ideas, projects and experiences to change and transformation. Relevant approaches to representation will be introduced for both the development and communication of design schemes.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)
24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2113, IAR2103
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
This unit builds on skills developed in previous studios and applies these to a range of projects with specific practice foci, extending an exploration of interior architecture as a series of transformational practices. Projects undertaken will provide an opportunity for students to integrate learning from supporting streams of the course with the development of responsive design practices. A number of focused studio projects will be offered.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)
24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2114, IAR2104
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Renee Weeden |
Application of building products, systems and technologies. The Standards Australia codes for major materials and processes. Building Code of Australia and other regulatory controls, with reference to structural aspects of construction, fire issues and health and hygiene issues. Issues of durability, movement and moisture control. Application and performance of principal construction materials. Cost parameters, quantity surveying methods and project management. Dimensional co-ordination and principles of tolerances. Proprietary building systems and fittings relevant to interiors
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Examination: 40%. Project assignment: 60%
12 hours per week, including; 4 hours in class and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2202
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kate Tregloan |
This unit is concerned with both the material and immaterial qualities of human experience and the spatial language required for mediation between these states. Traversing the disciplines of art, interior architecture, psychology and spatial theory, the unit will engage in an experimental discourse on the anatomy and morphology of space and place. The unit will explore topics ranging from social and cultural space to perception, cognition and human behaviour. Students from creative and/or theoretical disciplines will engage with these topics through workshop activities and may utilise a variety of media to present their findings.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Projects: 100% mixed mode: applied and/or theoretical
12 hours per week, including; 4 hours in class and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have successfully completed three semesters of study within the Faculty.
Non-Faculty students may apply to enrol in the unit, by permission.
In addition students will be required to complete OHS1000.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Sven Mehzoud |
This unit involves the introduction of issues concerning interior climate, acoustics, power supply, water supply, waste removal, (hydraulics), lighting, escalators/lifts. The issues of energy efficiency and ecological soundness and the basic science of these issues are covered as case studies examining their resolution in buildings
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination: 40%. Assignments: 60%
12 hours per week, including; 4 hours in lectures/tutorials and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2301 and IAR2304
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit deals with the practical aspects of making models in both studio and workshop, embracing workshop practices, various architectural modelling techniques and the safe use of selected manual/semi automated tools. Students undertake programmed exercises in modelmaking.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100%
Students must also pass a safety test
12 hours per week, including; 4 workshop hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Nicole Kalms |
This unit introduces the history and theory of selected Australian and international interior architecture since 1968. The unit will also introduce methods for the written, spoken and visual analysis of buildings including site visits, analytical case studies and other forms of analysis. In addition to the theoretical and historical contexts of the spaces studied the unit will investigate their contribution to interior design and spatial practice.
100% Mixed mode
on campus: 12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
AHT1101and enrolled in the Bachelor of Interior Architecture or permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Sven Mehzoud |
This unit provides an introduction to the various creative factors associated with the design of retail environments, displays, graphics and in-store multi-media. This unit addresses the contemporary emergence of intensely designed holistic retail experiences. It is designed to build upon the background and technical skills students have acquired in their respective design specialisations, but to enable them to expand application of this knowledge in creative teams, developing a coherent total retail environment. Site visits relevant to the projects are undertaken.
On successful completion of this subject students should be able to:
Case study 30%; Design projects 70%
12 hours per week, including 4 class hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matthew Bird |
This unit will focus on the construction and design activities employed in the assembly and arrangement of materials for interior architecture projects. The incorporation of services within inhabited environments will be introduced, and explored by students through focused observation and project work.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2204, IAR2202
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Miss Renee Weeden |
This unit will build on previous units and introduce students to the professional practices employed as part of the construction and fabrication of inhabited environments. Conventions for documentation of project proposals, and communication with other building industry professionals will form important elements of the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2303, IAR2301, IAR2304
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Projects are complex and multi-faceted. Building code and other statutory and technical requirements are discussed and basic resolution of these issues is a part of the project requirements. Students incorporate understanding of contemporary discourse in interior, environmental and architectural design and related social theory. Students articulate and test their individual design philosophies in studio discussion.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Design projects: 90%; written discourse: 10%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR3105
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
Students integrate the knowledge and capabilities acquired in the previous stages of the course in a major project which demonstrates both a comprehensive understanding of interior architecture and competence in its professional practice. The unit consists of a complex design project with a sufficient range of content to enable the student to demonstrate their capabilities and to enable them to comprehensively undertake and professionally present it within the time and resource limitations of the unit. Project planning and research is an important aspect of the unit: students apply the theory and practice acquired in PPR3102.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Design projects: 90%; written report: 10%
24 hours per week, including 6 lecture and studio hours and 18 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
IAR3106
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
This unit builds on skills developed in previous studios and applies these to a range of focused projects that extend and explore transformational practices in interior architecture. In this studio successful project outcomes will be of an intermediate level of complexity. They will provide an opportunity to integrate learning across the course with the development of responsive design practices. A number of focused studio projects will be offered.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed mode
On campus: 24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR3115, IAR3105
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
This unit builds on skills developed in previous studios and applies these to a range of focused projects that extend and explore transformational practices in interior architecture. In this studio successful project outcomes will be of a high intermediate level of complexity. They will provide an opportunity to integrate learning across the course with the development of responsive design practices. A number of focused studio projects will be offered.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed mode
On campus: 24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR3116, IAR3106
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Liz Watt |
This unit integrates the work undertaken in IAR1211 and IAR2204 and uses example studies to develop understanding and demonstrate competence in detailing and specifying construction and materials for a range of common interior construction contexts. This unit includes a number of set projects which require students to detail and specify construction and material to a professional standard, sufficient for construction and briefing of the specialists. Site visits relevant to the projects are undertaken.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Written assignments: 100%
12 hours per week, including 4 class hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
IAR3203
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Liz Watt |
This unit introduces the folio for the communication of design propositions in a professional context. It focuses on the use of publishing media and techniques. Students compile and examine the projects undertaken in previous design studios. They identify emerging interests and locate them in relation to contemporary practitioners. Students will strategically curate their work to develop a folio suitable for presentation in a professional context.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Sven Mehzoud |
Students are introduced to built applications of the technology of lighting and daylight, acoustics, power supply, water supply, waste removal, ventilation, heating and air conditioning, kinetic systems and the use of energy efficient and ecologically sound systems. Lectures address structural systems and their components as applied in a range of common interior and small scale architectural projects. Students focus on methods of determining structural integrity and detailing structural systems for construction. Tutorials and seminars discuss the impact of building systems technologies on interior use and ambience.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments: 70%; written test: 30%
12 hours per week, include 4 class hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
IAR2302, IAR2305
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
This unit provides an overview of approaches to the history and theory of interior architecture. The unit will also introduce methods for the written and visual analysis of interior architecture. The unit will investigate dialogues between history, theory and interior architectural design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Alison Fairley |
This unit offers focused study of an aspect of interior architectural production. This is explored in relation to a range of historic, theoretical, material and speculative domains. Projects may address diverse social, cultural and technological perspectives. The unit will incorporate various methodologies for understanding interior architecture as a series of transformational practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
100% Mixed Mode Assessment (includes progressive assessment and folio)
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolled in the Bachelor of Interior Architecture and must have passed 72 credits
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
Projects are student-generated and complex, usually addressing specialised commercial contexts. Building code and other statutory requirements are researched and resolution of these issues is required as part of the project requirements. Students undertake research studies in specific contemporary discourses and practices pertaining to their project, which may include interior, environmental and architectural design and related social theory. Students develop and articulate their individual project approaches and design philosophies in studio discussion, whilst planning their design process and scheduling the project demands through the semester.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Major design projects: 90%
Project planning assignment: 10%
6 studio hours and 18 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR4107
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Projects are student-generated and complex, usually addressing specialised commercial contexts. Building construction, detailing, and specifications are researched and documentation of these aspects is required as part of the project requirements. Students undertake detailed design development stemming from their earlier research studies in specific contemporary discourses and practices pertaining to their project. Students develop a fully professional resolution of all technical, philosophical and aesthetic aspects of their individual projects.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Design projects: 80%
Project planning assignment: 20%
8 studio hours and 28 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IAR4108
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Notes
Within this unit students engage in a range of studio design projects which have quota restrictions. For distribution into studio project groups, consideration will be given to student preference forms, academic performance, and previous design studio experiences. Weighted Average Mark (WAM) may be taken into account to ensure there is an even distribution of students in the studio project groups. Studio project group allocation will be decided by the Program Coordinator and Chief Examiner of the unit.
This unit builds on skills developed in previous studios and applies these to a range of focused projects that extend and explore transformational practices in interior architecture. In this studio successful project outcomes will be of an advanced level of complexity. They will provide an opportunity to integrate learning across the course with the development of responsive design practices. A number of focused studio projects will be offered.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 18 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR4117, IAR4107
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
Interior Architecture Studio 8 is the culmination of the interior architecture studio stream. Students refine and apply the broad range of skills developed in preceding studios and associated units through the investigation of an independent design research project. The project is developed to express individual concerns and a platform for future professional endeavours.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
develop design briefs and strategies in relation to research agendas
100 mixed mode
36 hours per week including 6 contact hours and 30 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
IAR4118, IAR4108
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Charity Edwards |
A period of approved industrial placement (normally six weeks) in an interior architecture or design practice normally taken no earlier than the end of the third year and preferably before the commencement of the fourth year. In many instances students will use the contacts they develop in this unit to help identify an honours project topic.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Consultation with staff of the practice (review of a log book and the satisfactory completion of the tasks documented in it): Pass grade only
240 hours at approved work sites
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
This unit critically explores design research approaches. Students will investigate and test evolving relationships between designing and researching. These explorations will also contribute to formulating and articulating relevant agendas for the student's interior architecture research projects.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100 mixed mode
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
This unit runs in parallel with IAR4120 to reinforce the intellectual and design contexts for the studio exploration. Activities include ongoing reflection, documentation and contextualisation of students' research. Students will draw on IAR4500 to articulate processes, findings and implications uncovered through the studio project.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ilya Fridman |
This unit outlines the design process with particular reference to creative idea formulation, information searching, problem solving, and incorporation of two and three dimensional design principles in terms of form development. User-centered design models are considered in terms of cultural, physical, logical and semantic constraints, mapping relationships, standardisation, control and feedback factors. Methods of design communication and presentation are explored and applied.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Projects: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed in the early part of the program
4 hours studio contact and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
IDE1102
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Farrer |
This unit deals with the practical aspects of making models in a workshop, embracing workshop practices, modelling techniques and using manual or semi-automated tools. Students undertake programmed exercises in modelmaking including three dimensional form development, and gain an understanding of the physical and chemical properties of modelling materials
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Progressive assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
4 hours of taught classes plus 8 hours of individual study per week
See also Unit timetable information
IDE1501
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bryan Lee |
This unit covers an advanced practice of combining techniques and media, as well as experimental methods; introduction to framing of the subject; selection of the most appropriate view; combination of views; development of background treatment; composition of pictorial settings for products.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Regular exercises:70% Visual diary: 30%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Students undertaking course Bachelor of Industrial Design or Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design), who have completed one of ARC2002 or DGN1001 and have completed one of DWG1301 or DWG1201
IDE1601
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr David Trickey |
The use of materials and manufacturing processes with particular reference to their application in product design. Product life cycle and environmental design considerations are taken into account to include disassembly techniques and the recycling of metals and plastics. Students gain an understanding of design applicable for low volume manufacture or batch production.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Class assignments: 60% Examination: 40%
3 hours lectures and tutorials and 9 hours independent study
See also Unit timetable information
IDE2401
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mark Richardson |
This unit outlines the design process with particular reference to creative idea formulation, information searching, problem-solving, and incorporation of two and three dimensional design principles in form development. User-centered design models are considered in terms of cultural, physical, logical and semantic constraints, mapping relationships, standardisation, control and feedback factors. Methods of design communication and presentation are explored and applied.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Projects: 100%
12 hours per week, including 4 hour studio contact and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mark Richardson |
This unit serves as an introduction to the field of consumer product design. Teaching centres on the design of electrical appliances, with emphasis on production issues, value analysis, ergonomics, materials selection, and documentation for manufacture. Consumer appeal and market factors will also be taken into account.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio presentation of assigned projects: 100%
12 hours per week including 4 hours studio contact and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Selby Coxon |
This unit covers a range of design theories and practices that underpin enduring and resilient ways of reducing the negative impacts of the human production of objects and environments and their associated sociological behaviours. Various perspectives of production, consumption and exchange are considered including Life Cycle Analysis tools, Recycling, Re-use, Dematerialisation and Reduction. The outcomes intend to demonstrate knowledge of the core themes of designing objects and environments that are sustainable to society, economy and nature.
100% mixed mode
On-campus: 4 hours contact including, lecture, practical and tutorial time and 8 hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Vincent Moug |
This unit establishes the principles of formal engineering and geometrical drawing. Topics include equipment and materials, line types, drawing notional elements, projecting and sectioning, presentation principles and an introduction to dimensioning and tolerancing.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Class exercises: 50%, final examination: 50%
12 hours per week, including one 1 hour lecture and 3 studio hours plus 8 independent hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nyein Aung |
The unit concerns the matching of products to the capabilities of the human body (Anthropometrics) and to the surroundings in which human beings live and work. There is particular reference to safety, usability specification and testing, and the commercial and legal aspects of product ergonomics.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Practical exercises: 80%. Class tests: 20%
12 hours per week, including 1 hour lecture, 2 hours of tutorials and 9 hours independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nyein Aung |
This unit introduces the topic of person/product user interface. The mechanical and electro-mechanical systems that determine the relationship between a user's action and its outcome. The unit focuses upon products, environments, and systems, defining their form as it relates to how they are used. The unit covers how these products will be situated socially and culturally.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Projects: 100%
12 hours per week, including 3 hours studio contact and 9 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nick Rennie |
This unit provides an overview of furniture design practice in Industrial Design. It outlines specific issues of the design process with particular reference to form, materials and structure. Methods of design communication and presentation are explored and applied.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Projects: 100%
12 hours per week, including 4 hours studio contact and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mark Richardson |
This unit covers the fundamentals of mechanics as applied to consumer products including loads and forces in structures both solid and dynamic. The unit also includes the fundamentals of electronics in product design such as circuit analysis, electrical and magnetic fields, passive and active devices, voltage levels and frequency ranges, safety and regulations as used in a variety of consumer products.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Design project: 50%. Examination: 50%
12 hours per week including; 3 hours per week, including 1 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial and 9 hours independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
This subject introduces students to designing products for specific purposes at a more advanced level, and builds on knowledge gained in the previous semester. Presentation skills are further developed with the execution off detailed models of product designs, and the use of computer skills for engineering drawing. Emphasis is placed on design methodologies, ergonomics, documentation for manufacture, the sourcing of relevant product data, researching techniques and user analyses.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Projects: 70%
Minor Project: 30%
6 studio hours and 6 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IDE2104
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
This unit brings together all the studies that students have undertaken in the course. It provides the opportunity for students to demonstrate the capability to integrate all aspects of industrial design project work in a holistic design that demonstrates professional competence. Students are encouraged to think creatively to identify a marketing need, research and source relevant product data, develop a product design specification and undertake the design of a product proposal under supervision of academic staff. Project work is presented in a folio format, documented for production and final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model form.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Projects: 100%
The Prato option entails additional travel and accommodation costs. 6 studio/tutorial hours and 12 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robbie Napper |
This unit introduces students to designing products for specific purposes at a more advanced level, and builds on knowledge gained in the previous semester. Presentation skills are further developed with the execution of detailed models of product designs, and the use of computer skills for engineering drawing. Emphasis is placed on design methodologies, ergonomics, documentation for manufacture, the sourcing of relevant product data, researching techniques and user analyses.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Progressive assessment of two design projects: 40% and 60%
4 hours per week of studio and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rowan Page |
This unit brings together all the studies that students have hitherto undertaken in the course. It provides the opportunity for students to demonstrate their capacity to integrate all aspects of Industrial Design project work in a holistic project that demonstrates professional competence. Students are encouraged to think creatively to identify a market need, research and source relevant data, develop a product design specification and undertake the design of a product proposal under the supervision of academic staff. Project work is presented in folio format, documented for production. Final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model form.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major design project: 100%, of which at least 20% is assessed during the semester.
24 hours per week including 8 lecture and studio hours and 16 hours of independent study.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
The unit covers the principles of the theories of the person/product interface (the behaviour of product users), the impact of human capabilities on the interface (with particular reference to safety), usability specification and testing, the ergonomics of entirely new products, the commercial and legal aspects of product ergonomics.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Class test: 20%
Practical exercise (product evaluation): 50%
Practical exercise (ergonomic checklist): 30%
One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial and 4 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IDE2301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Liam Ferguson |
This unit introduces the field of transportation design including materials technology, ergonomics, future trends and external influences, and transportation design history. Project work will be undertaken using the appropriate drawing and rendering techniques to initiate and present transportation concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Folio: 80%; Research assignments: 20%
12 hours per week including: 4 hours per week of studio and 8 hours of independent study.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Liam Ferguson |
This unit continues the student's development in the field of transportation design. Further study is undertaken in materials technology, ergonomics, future trends and external influences. Project work will be undertaken using the appropriate drawing and rendering techniques to initiate and present transportation concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio submission: 80%; Research assignments: 20%
12 hours per week, including 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel Dobrogorsky |
This unit broadens the student's understanding of the use and properties of materials in product design. There is a particular emphasis upon new and emerging materials and processes and volumes of production. Lectures cover the following areas of study; comparative assembly techniques, automated assembly, recycling and disassembly, surface treatments, guidelines for designing mouldings; fastening and joining techniques.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Progressive assessment: 50%; Class test: 50%
12 hours per week including, 3 studio hours and 9 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Students are encouraged to develop a greater understanding of furniture design and methods of production. Topics cover aspects of ergonomics, production processes in a variety of materials and the aesthetic aspects of furniture. Further sophistication in the demands of users. Furniture as components of exterior environments, and larger modules such as office spatial requirements. Studio project work is undertaken involving the development of furniture designs to meet particular technical and cultural requirements.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of:
Minor project: 20%; Major project: 80%
12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours plus 8 hours of independent study.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robbie Napper |
This unit is the first part of a major industrial design project. The unit provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual designs and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the third year. Students should be particularly concerned with the development of their personal design philosophy, the way in which it responds to social needs and its visual and social expression as a preliminary to its virtuoso development in the major project. The contemporary discourse in industrial design and related theory is actively discussed and debated, with students encouraged to develop a personal position relative to it.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%
8 studio hours and 16 hours of independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
IDE4107
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robbie Napper |
This unit is the second of the major project sequence. Students are expected to continue with research initiated in IDE4117, and develop a time frame which details prototype construction in consultation with a supervisor and course coordinator. Project must have appropriate aspects to serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's professional understanding and capabilities as well as appropriate complexity to enable the student to professionally undertake and present it within time and resource limitations of the unit. Documentation must be completed to a professional standard. Regular group and individual critiques are undertaken as the project and the thinking underlying it develop.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid-semester portfolio: 20%
Final portfolio: 80%
8 studio hours and 28 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
IDE4108
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mike Chester |
This unit continues from IDE3813. It seeks to develop student's sophistication toward transportation concepts through greater awareness of modeling, materials and processes. Students have an opportunity to create 3D representation in a variety of appropriate modelling media. This enables students to evaluate how well their designs match up to particular technical and cultural requirements. Students will be expected to develop their own design proposals. Topics cover advanced aspects of 3D modelling and production processes in a variety of materials and the aesthetic aspects of transportation. Studio project work involves the development of a sophisticated piece of transportation design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Progressive assessment: 20%
Completion of major project: 80%
12 hours per week including 4 taught hours and 8 hours of independent study.
See also Unit timetable information
IDE3808
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Selby Coxon |
The aim of this unit is to introduce the student to the fundamental principles of understanding and controlling three-dimensional form. Design elements. A deconstructed look at the world. Students undertake weekly exercises that lead through the 'grammar' of shape, form and line. They practice expressing these things through drawing and the exploration of abstract interpretations in card, paper and foam. Early explorations of the same in a simple form of CAD (e.g. Google sketch-up). Cardboard structures are built to explore early understanding of structure balance and geometry in static objects. This unit explores the nature of design by introducing the characteristics of space, objects or images as appropriate, as part of a designer's repertoire of knowledge and understanding. Basic design studies provide the framework for the development of a language of design.
100% mixed mode
On-campus: 8 hours contact including, lecture, practical and tutorial time and 16 hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to any MADA bachelors degree.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Selby Coxon |
The aim of this unit is to understand and develop the students understanding and practical skill regarding the relationship between production and manufacture. The studio takes the student through a number of key studio based explorations that underpin and develop an understanding of the inter-relationship between a desired physical outcome and the manner of its production. This includes an appreciation of the core principles of manufacture methods and the impact upon the design of an object due to materiality. Students are encouraged to apply theoretical learning with an experimental approach to problem solving. Project work is presented in folio format, documented for production. Final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model or prototypical form where appropriate.
100% Mixed mode
On-campus: 8 hours contact including, lecture, practical and tutorial time and 16 hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Richardson |
The aim of this unit is to engage the student in sophisticated concepts around understanding of the person to machine interface. This includes an appreciation of the core principles of anthropometrics, the concept of physical, semantic and cultural constraints. Mapping of control and feedback systems. Affordances and user centred issues around a series of physical and virtual problems. The unit examines the theoretical underpinning of the interaction of humans with objects and systems from anthropometry and the physical world to psychological constructions of how people interact with objects. Students are encouraged to apply theoretical learning with an experimental approach to problem solving. Project work is presented in folio format, documented for production. Final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model or prototypical form where appropriate.
100% Mixed mode
On-campus: 8 hours contact including, lecture, practical and tutorial time and 16 hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robbie Napper |
The aim of this unit is to capture and develop the skills to enable a designer to appreciate and understand the financial, marketing and business implications of taking a product concept into the commercial realm. Students undertake a semester long project with a view to better understanding the implications upon their design of the commercial imperative. A solution is sought to a design problem to which all aspects of the market and commercial enterprise are brought to bear. Project based multi dimensional problems are assigned in a studio setting. Students are encouraged to think creatively to identify a market or societal need, research and source relevant data, develop a product design specification and undertake the design of a product proposal under the supervision of academic staff. Project work is presented in folio format, documented for production. Final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model or prototypical form where appropriate.
100% Mixed mode
On-campus: 8 hours contact including, lecture, practical and tutorial time and 16 hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robbie Napper |
The aim of this unit is to prepare the student to demonstrate a level of competency enabling them to enter into the profession. The studio content focuses upon a student chosen design project that brings together all the learning and skill set acquisition that students have hitherto undertaken on the course. It provides the opportunity for students to demonstrate their capacity to integrate all aspects of Industrial Design project work into a holistic project; engaging design thinking, materiality, human interaction manufacturing, and communication that demonstrates professional competence. Students are encouraged to think creatively to identify a market or societal need, research and source relevant data, develop a product design specification and undertake the design of a product proposal under the supervision of academic staff. Project work is presented in folio format, documented for production. Final design proposals are also undertaken in detailed model or prototypical form where appropriate.
100% Mixed mode
On-campus: 8 hours contact including, lecture, practical and tutorial time and 16 hours of private study time are expected to be spent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Manon Van Kouswijk |
This Fine Art unit introduces students to the practice and research of contemporary jewellery and object making. The emphasis in this unit is on engaging in processes that combine making with critical thinking to explore a range of innovative approaches to jewellery as a contemporary art practice.
Students will explore ideas within the framework of set projects using the making process and conceptual research to advance these ideas.
The process of making jewellery is taught through the acquisition of a variety of basic skills and techniques that incorporate working with metal, wood and plastic in addition to a broad range of other materials and processes.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio, and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission.
APA1501 or APA1507 or APA1511 or APA1521 or APA1602 or APA1604
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Manon van Kouswijk |
Building on the acquired knowledge and experience of the previous unit, Jewellery Practice 2 gives students the opportunity to further explore ideas through the making of jewellery and objects in the context of a set project.
The unit's framework supports the student's ongoing development in both the acquisition of practical skills while encouraging an experimental approach to the use of materials and processes. The emphasis in this unit is on developing new ways of thinking about jewellery and new ways of making it. This approach will be reflected in the advanced theoretical research that is done alongside the making of three-dimensional works.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
100% mix mode
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & design course, or permission.
APA1502 or APA1512 or APA1522 or APA1524
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Hosking |
This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of metals and jewellery as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the metals and jewellery discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
APA1501 or APA1511
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Hosking |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Metals and jewellery 2A unit. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the metals and jewellery discipline. Methods and materials specific to the metals and jewellery discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
APA1502 or APA1512
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Manon Van Kouswijk |
In Jewellery Practice 3 the experience of previous units is used to incrementally build upon and extend students' knowledge and experience in both making and critical thinking.
The continued research of contemporary jewellery and its various contexts, supports the student's increased understanding of the potential of the practice and the opportunity to develop innovative ideas.
The emphasis in this unit is on facilitating the development of student's ideas with increasing sophistication that demonstrates an advanced level of practice, underpinned by practical and theoretical research.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
100% Mixed mode
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio, and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Either JWL1311 or JWL1312 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or VPR1001 or VPR1002 or FNA2111 or FNA2112 or permission from Studio Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Manon van Kouswijk |
Jewellery Practice 4 builds on previous study providing students with a solid basis from which to develop their ideas and research in a more independent way. At this stage of their development students will begin to focus more on their own interests in a particular area of jewellery and object-based practice maintaining an experimental approach to their research.
This unit will guide students towards a more self-directed way of working within the discipline. The emphasis is on articulating new ideas that contribute to contemporary jewellery and object-based practice in an interesting and progressive way and to realise these ideas at an advanced level.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Either JWL1311 or JWL1312 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or VPR1001 or VPR1002 or FNA2111 or FNA2112 or permission from Studio Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marian Hosking |
This Metals and jewellery 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA2503
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Hosking (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato) |
In this Metals and jewellery 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future metals and jewellery studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Marian Hosking (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato)
APA2504
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marian Hosking |
This level 3 metals and jewellery unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving metals and jewellery practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
APA3505
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Manon van Kouswijk |
This unit is the culmination of the metals and jewellery undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their metals and jewellery work.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Either JWL3315 or APA3105
APA3506
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Stephen Jia Wang |
This unit develops knowledge, methods and principles in Tangible Interaction Design (TID), building on the knowledge and practice in MDC4201. Students will be introduced to the TID approach to lead investigation, critical observation, and experimental practice, and develop an in-depth understanding of how the contextualization and task execution determines the overall performance of interactive systems. The major design project will be formulated to deal with various design issues such as interactivity-oriented human-factors, site and environmental contexts, and the correct use of interactive prototyping conventions.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
100% mixed mode
8 contact hours plus 16 hours of private study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Jeff Janet |
This unit introduces students to the language of multimedia and digital arts. The roles of multimedia designer and digital artist are explored. Methods for problem solving two-dimensional multimedia screen design and analysing electronic media are developed, and the various multimedia elements are defined, including text, image, sound, animation and video. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of text and images in multimedia design, including the skills and techniques to use these elements in electronic documents.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 85%. Journal: 15%
12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 3 hour studio and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
MMD1101 and MMD1102 and MMD1202
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Cameron Rose |
This unit develops students' intermediate knowledge of multimedia design and digital arts principles with a strong emphasis on understanding and manipulating multimedia elements. The use of temporal and spatial elements is explored in the context of interactive media. Methods for problem solving multimedia design are examined from the point of view of the end user and design for interactivity. The view of multimedia design and digital art as a discipline is expanded through an awareness of the many different genres and applications of multimedia design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Minor Projects: 60%
Major Project 40%
12 hrs/ week, comprising: 1 hr lecture, 3 hrs tutorial and 8 independent study hrs
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Cameron Rose |
This unit introduces advanced principles of multimedia design and digital arts with a strong emphasis the combination of multimedia elements and practice in developing an outcome. Concepts relating to interaction, time and information architecture are explored in a practical framework. Methods for problem solving multimedia design are examined from the point of view of the end user and design for interactivity. The view of multimedia design and digital art as a discipline is expanded through an awareness of the many different genres and applications of multimedia design.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Minor Projects: 60%
Major Project: 40%
12 hrs/ week, comprising: 1 hr lecture, 3 hrs tutorial and 8 independent study hrs
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Jon-Erik Andreassen |
This unit introduces students to designing interactive systems within multimedia and digital arts studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia authoring by providing a focus upon multimedia production and activity-centered design for a range of digital media applications. Students explore approaches to user interfaces beyond the desktop, develop advanced technical skills with relevant software and hardware, and formulate new responses to participation and experience ideas that are specifically oriented to electronic and digital media.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Exercises: 30%
Project: 60%
Journal: 10%
12 hours per week, comprising: 4 taught hours (1 hr lecture plus 3 hrs tutorial) and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed both MMD2303 and MMS2402 or both MMD2302 and FIT2012
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Guglielmetti |
This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in multimedia design. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia by providing a focus on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop multimedia projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Folio of studio/project work with (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessment before mid semester.
24 hours per week; comprising: 8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Indae Hwang |
This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in multimedia design. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of multimedia by providing a focus on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop multimedia projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Folio of studio/project work (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessment before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, comprising: 5 contact hours and 19 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Guglielmetti |
This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in digital art. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital art by providing a focus on creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop digital art projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.
On successful completion of this subject, students should be able to:
Folio of studio/project work (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid semester.
8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Indae Hwang |
This unit provides students with the opportunity for high-level studio practice in digital art. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of digital art by providing a focus upon creative image and media production for a range of art and design applications. Emphasis is placed on combining techniques in imaging, visualisation, animation, interactivity, interface design, scripting and information architecture to develop creative and functional outcomes. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop digital art projects that will address all levels of the creative process and project management, from conceptualisation and visualisation through to execution and presentation.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Folio of studio/project work with (100%) of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid semester.
24 hours per week, comprising: 5 contact hours and 19 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Troy Innocent |
This unit extends existing knowledge of multimedia authoring, 3D animation, and multimedia design into the design of real time 3D games. The role of artists and designers in the game design is explored. The stages of game design are studied - concept, specification, design, development and testing. Individual exercises in game design lead to the development of a prototype game design produced by a project team, with individuals performing specific roles in production.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Major project: 40%. Essay (1200 words): 30%.
12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Trinh Vu |
This unit provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual designs and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the Bachelor of Multimedia Design course. In most instances the project is proposed by the student at the beginning of the semester in consultation with the lecturer, and approved by the lecturer and course coordinator. In certain circumstances however, for a particular cohort, a project may be set for a number of students in order to address issues of common concern.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
4 .be able to defend their chosen direction in the major project against informed criticism
5. have a base of sound knowledge, understanding and capability to undertake their major project6.Be capable of organising, developing and planning methodologies associated with the major project which will help to successfully determine a viable outcome.Mid-semester portfolio: 20% Final portfolio: 80%
6 hours of lectures, tutorials and supervised studio plus 18 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to Multimedia Design Honours course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Trinh Vu |
This unit is the second part of the major project sequence for the honours course, and students are expected to continue with the research initiated in MMD4107. The project must have appropriate aspects to serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's professional understanding and capabilities, as well as appropriate complexity to enable the student to professionally undertake and present it within the time and resource limitations of the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid-semester portfolio: 20% Final portfolio: 80%
6 hours of lectures, tutorials and supervised studio, plus 36 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ruth Bain |
An introduction to occupational health, safety and environmental training within the context of courses within the Faculty of Art and Design, together with an understanding of the historical perspectives and context of safety and environment concerns in the workplace. The difference between hazard and risk, and the process of risk assessment in workplaces.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Examination: 100%
One hour self guided study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to any Art Design and Architecture course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
An introduction to occupational health, safety and environmental training within the context of courses within the Faculty of Art and Design, together with an understanding of the historical perspectives and context of safety and environment concerns in the workplace. The difference between hazard and risk, and the process of risk assessment in workplaces.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Examination: 100%
One hour self guided study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to any Art Design and Architecture course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peta Clancy |
This unit develops an understanding of concepts of photomedia and an understanding of the relationship and relevance of student photographic work to aesthetics in photography, art and design. Students will undertake a series of thematic projects which stimulate awareness in the creative processes of conceiving, producing and editing photographic imagery through the control, manipulation and application of appropriate photographic material (ie. colour transparency films, print materials). This unit of photomedia imaging is a core unit within the BDes (VisComm) and for studio majors in the BFA and BVA courses.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30% Project:50% Journal:20%
4 hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art & Design/permission of Head of Department for non-Faculty applicants
PHO1101, PHO1111, PHO1121, GVA1203
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peta Clancy |
Digital Imaging for Contemporary Art is designed to develop an approach to digital imaging tools that aligns with the objectives of a contemporary art practice. Students will be introduced to digital imaging processes such as electronic drawing and capture, image manipulation and various approaches to output such as printing and screen-based applications. While this unit provides a practical introduction to the basic digital imaging tools and materials there is an emphasis on the creative and experimental potential of these tools and how they are utilised within a broader creative practice. Students are encouraged to develop their own creative direction alongside a critical awareness of their ideas.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours per week, comprising: 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to a degree program of the Faculty of Art Design & Architecture, or permission from the Unit Coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peta Clancy |
This subject introduces students to advanced digital photographic work practices. The subject offers students the opportunity to develop their creative skills while learning a variety of photographic digital workflows. Demonstrations are given on the creation of digital photographic images via DSLR cameras, learning digital photography-based software and on the variety of printing outcomes possible. In addition, there will be an increased emphasis on the student's conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peta Clancy |
Video art and the moving image builds on the knowledge acquired in PHO1204 and is designed to develop an approach to video production that aligns with the objectives of a contemporary art practice. Students will be introduced to advanced video cameras, studio lighting techniques, editing software and various approaches to output including screen-based, projection and installation. While this unit provides a practical grounding in video production tools and materials there is an emphasis on the creative and experimental potential of these tools and how they are utilised within a broader creative practice. Students are encouraged to develop their own creative direction alongside a critical awareness of their ideas.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester (20% mid-semester and 80% final folio). The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours per week, comprising: 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peta Clancy |
This unit introduces students to darkroom practices associated with analogue photography. It develops upon the skills and knowledge of photomedia imaging by providing a focus upon creative image production through 'manipulated' photography approaches. Students will develop their understanding and application of darkroom-based photography and the exploration of the materiality of the photographic "medium". Students will have the opportunity to explore a range of printing techniques (i.e. black and white, colour and alternative processes) and mixed media.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 50%. Journal: 20%.
12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 3 tutorial hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peta Clancy |
This unit introduces students to studio practice and the construction of photographic illusion. It builds upon the skills and knowledge of photomedia by focusing upon creative image production through 'fabricated' photography approaches. Students will develop their understanding and application of lens-based photography through exploring the construction of photographic "reality". Students will have the opportunity to explore studio photography (i.e. digital and medium format cameras, tungsten and electronic studio lighting, tableaux and constructions).
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Exercises: 30%. Project: 50%, Journal: 20%
12 hours per week including: one 1 hour lecture plus 3 tutorial hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Matthew Perkins |
This unit builds on photomedia skills with particular emphasis on the concepts relating to this practice, allowing students to develop an ongoing dialogue with contemporary photomedia culture. Within the context of a visual arts practice, students will become increasingly conversant in photomedia approaches and practices. They will be involved in the analysis of contemporary and historical photomedia works and will move towards developing a personal conceptual framework and the ability to articulate this verbally, visually and in writing.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Directed project: 30%; Self-directed project: 60%; Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including, 4 hours lectures and tutorials and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Matthew Perkins (Caulfield), Professor Claudia Terstappen (Prato) |
This unit introduces students to digital photomedia within art and design studio practices. It builds sequentially upon the skills and knowledge of both digital processes and photomedia by providing a focus upon creative image production. The unit offers students the opportunity to develop their creative skills through a combination of analogue and digital techniques, exploring lens-based and soft-imaging for print and screen-based output. Demonstrations and tuition are given on the creation of digital photomedia with an increased conceptual understanding of representational issues, visual language and communication.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Directed assignments: 30%; Major project: 60%; Journal: 10%
4 lectures and studio hours and 8 independent study hours on campus or the equivalent by flexible delivery.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Salote Tawale |
This unit focuses on the production of a major body of photomedia work, demonstrating a critical and topical engagement within a contemporary art and design context. The unit will enable students to bring their creative practice to a substantial level of competency with skills in both the technical and aesthetic aspects of photomedia, with emphasis on refining their personal visual language. As a major part of the unit is proposal-based, students will negotiate a theme of personal interest in the field of contemporary photomedia with an understanding of the implications of media choice and presentation.
On successful completion of this unit students will:
Folio: 90% (which includes progressive assessment); Journal: 10%
12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Claudia Terstappen |
This unit enables students to refine their studies by extending their understanding of, and personal expression in, photomedia as a visual arts practice to an advanced level. In consultation with the lecturer, students will propose and research a theme of individual interest and will produce a folio of work to a high standard on this theme. In addition to the project, students define, research and articulate their work through an accompanying research paper. Students will express an understanding of the implications of media choice, presentation and the nexus between visual and conceptual aspects of photomedia. A high standard of health & safety will be observed and taught at all times.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio 90% (which includes progressive assessment and research paper)
Journal 10%
24 hours per week, comprising 8 contact hours (1 x 1hr lecture plus 7 hrs tutorial) and 16 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
PHO3207 or Permission required from Photomedia Studio Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Claudia Terstappen |
This unit focuses on the production of a major body of photomedia work to an advanced level. Students are required to demonstrate an in-depth awareness of critical and topical issues within a contemporary art and design context. Students will negotiate a theme of personal interest in the field of contemporary photomedia with an understanding of the implications of media choice and presentation. Studio methodology and critique will challenge students to develop their understanding of current issues. Students are required to provide supporting documentation and research in a journal. A high standard of health and safety will be observed and taught at all times.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
Folio 90% (which includes progressive assessment and research paper) and Journal 10%.
24 hours per week, comprising 8 contact hours and 16 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
PHO3207 Photomedia project 1
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Architecture |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nicole Kalms |
This unit introduces students to the range of practical, fiscal, operational and legislated requirements for operation as a competent professional practitioner of interior architecture. Site visits relevant to the projects are undertaken.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Mixed Mode
12 hours per week, 4 taught hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
PPR2110,PPR3108
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Robyn Robins |
This unit will clarify the professional obligations required of graphic and multimedia designers. It will also outline the basic business activity requirements of practitioners in these areas. The unit will include project management processes from small singular undertakings to large cross disciplinary projects; professional writing skills relevant to the discipline areas; OHSE obligations and workplace safety, and sound business practice. Students will also be introduced to the professional bodies that can assist with future business activities.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
2 independent projects: 40%; OHSE assessment: 10%; Group project: 50%
12 hours per week including, 4 taught hours and 8 study hours weekly
See also Unit timetable information
PPR2110, VCO3109
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Kathy Temin |
A series of lectures covers the following topics: professional associations, folio preparation, fees and commissions, gallery management, the function and roles of public, private and artist run galleries, catalogue publication, curating, conservation, art criticism and intellectual property, copyright and taxation, promotion, publicity and press releases in addition to the documentation of work. Tutorials explore these options through practical exercises and case studies.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Oral presentation: 25%; Assigned projects: 75%
12 hours per week including; 3 hours for lectures/tutorials and 9 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
PPR3201, GVA3202
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Robyn Robins |
The unit provides a greater understanding of design studio operation and management. Topics centre around the operation of a small business (design studio) and include setting a foundation for the business (goals and objectives), marketing principles for gaining clients, client relationship management, project management, costing projects, writing fee proposals, job cost reconciliation, establishing a schedule of fees, overview of tax systems and company structures (incorporated companies, sole trader, GST and other tax obligations) and understanding resourcing for small business. The perspective will be on professional practice and conduct.
On successful completion of this unit students should:
One minor written assignment (20%)
One major written assignment (50%)
One oral presentation (30%)
12 hours per week, including 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
PPR4101
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This is a studio based unit, where students will be presented with projects introducing etching and relief printmaking processes.The unit provides students with the means to achieve an initial level of technical competence in these processes, and a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary visual art.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rosalind Atkins |
This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of printmedia as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the printmedia discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, student should:
Folio 100% including a mid-semester assessment of at least 20% of the final mark.
12 hours comprising 6 studio hours and 6 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
FNA1501 or FNA1401
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Rosalind Atkins |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Printmedia 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the printmedia discipline. Methods and materials specific to the printmedia studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio 100%, including a mid-semester assessment of at least 20% of the final mark.
12 hours comprising 6 studio hours and 6 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission for all other students
FNA1503 or FNA1402
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of printmedia as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the printmedia discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio 100% including a mid-semester assessment contributing at least 20% of the final mark.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice 6 points
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
FNA1501 or FNA1401
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Crawford |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Printmedia 2A units. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the printmedia discipline. Methods and materials specific to the printmedia discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio 100%, including a mid-semester assessment of at least 20% of the final mark.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course.
FNA1503 or FNA1402
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This unit examines the artist's book, considering all aspects of the production and design of the book. Students will consider the book as an object or sculptural form. Students will investigate the principles of typography and book design, and learn how to set and print type using letterpress methods. Students will consider the relationship of image and text, the question of sequence in the structure of the book, the relationship of form and content. The unit will consider the presentation and distribution of the artist's book looking at both historical and contemporary examples. Occupational health and safety instruction relevant to the Artists' Books studio will be addressed.
On the successful completion of this unit students will:
By folio 100%
12 hours per week, including 4 hours studio and 8 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This is a studio based unit, where students will be presented with projects involving screenprinting processes.The unit provides students with the means to apply their technical competence in printmaking to these new processes, and to critically evaluate their works in the context of contemporary visual art.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This Printmedia 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2403
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato) |
In the Printmedia 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future printmedia studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100% of which 20% will be assessed before mid-semester
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2404
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This Printmedia 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2403
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Crawford (Caulfield), Michael Vale (Prato) |
In this Printmedia 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future Printmedia studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2404
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This unit builds on knowledge acquired in PRM1511, and offers further development and refinement of conceptual and practical skills acquired in PRM1511 Artists' Books. The unit investigates the form of the book, considering the role of the artist book as a mode of distribution, and the roles of text, image, sequence and temporality in the artist book. It provides students with the means to extend already established skills in a variety of typesetting and printmedia processes, and a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary visual art.
On successful completion of this unit, student will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford |
This level 3 printmedia unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving printmedia practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA3405
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Marian Crawford |
This unit is the culmination of the printmedia undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their printmedia work.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA3406
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit investigates the technical foundations of painting, considering the role of painting as a historically rich artform in relation to other artforms and as a contemporary medium of art practice. The unit provides students with an in-depth introduction to skills in a variety of painting processes with a particular emphasis on supports, grounds, pigments, colour, mediums, and a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary visual art. Occuptional safety in the Painting Studios will also be addressed.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
Mid Semester Assessment (conducted in week 6) is weighted at no less than 20% of the final mark.
Final Assessment (conducted in Week 14) is weighted at no less than 80% of the final mark.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to Monash University course, or with permission from Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Michael Vale |
This unit introduces students who are not taking painting as a major study to the practice and theory of Painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. By providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the Painting discipline it forms a sound conceptual and technical basis for an ongoing continuing study in Painting. It also lays the groundwork for developing interdisciplinary approaches and extending the discipline of Painting into wider fields of practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit gives students who are not taking painting as a major study the opportunity to develop the practice and theory of Painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. By providing the means to increase their level of competence within the Painting discipline it forms a sound conceptual and technical basis for an ongoing continuing study in Painting. It also lays the groundwork for developing interdisciplinary approaches and extending the discipline of Painting into wider fields of practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the painting discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including 4 hours of taught studio and 8 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission
FNA1201 or FNA1211 or FNA1222 or FNA1301 or FNA1303 or FNA1304
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Leslie Eastman |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Painting 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the painting discipline. Methods and materials specific to the painting studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission for all other students
FNA1202 or FNA1212 or FNA1222
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rodney Forbes (Gippsland) |
This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the painting discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Rodney Forbes (Gippsland)
Admission to BFA course
FNA1202 or FNA1211
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Leslie Eastman |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Painting 2A units. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the painting discipline. Methods and materials specific to the painting discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
FNA1202 or FNA1212
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit gives students who are not taking painting as a major study the opportunity to continue to develop the practice and theory of Painting as a means of contemporary creative expression. By providing the means to continue to increase their level of competence within the Painting discipline it forms a sound conceptual and technical basis for an understanding of Painting as a discipline. It also lays the groundwork for developing interdisciplinary approaches and extending the discipline of Painting into wider fields of practice.
On successful completion of this unit students will:
Folio of studio work:100%
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer & Mr Leslie Eastman |
The unit explores the rich history and practice of abstraction and the broad range of approaches to painting produced under the term 'non-objective'. The unit provides students with an in-depth engagement with a variety of non-objective painting processes as well as the theories informing their creation such as the recurring declaration of painting's demise. Students achieve a level of technical and conceptual sophistication as well as a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary visual art.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit investigates the technical and conceptual processes of installation art deriving from the expanded field of painting and post minimalist practice. Particular attention will be paid to debates about the pictorial and the actual, site and non site and theories of the viewing subject. The unit provides students with an in-depth engagement with a variety of installation practices as well as the theories informing their history. Students achieve a level of technical and conceptual sophistication as well as a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary visual art.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman, Dr Michael Vale |
This unit investigates the technical and conceptual processes of representational painting. The unit provides students with an in-depth engagement with skills in a variety of representational painting processes as well as the theories informing narrative, figurative and perceptual processes and their representation which are being interrogated by contemporary practice. Students achieve a level of technical and practical competence in the production of their work. The unit addresses issues of representational painting in relation to other forms of representation such as photography, film and video in the context of contemporary art.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This unit investigates the possibilities of sound in relation to colour, narrative and materials. Hybridised methods acknowledging the interelation of the aural and the visual will be investigated in contemporary practice and through encounters with the history of sound art and performance. Particular attention will be paid to cross disciplinary aspects of sound in relation to painting. The unit engages with a variety of material and technical strategies enabling students to achieve a level of technical and conceptual sophistication as well as a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary art.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This unit investigates feminist and conceptual perspectives in relation to current painting and broader contemporary practices. Particular attention will be paid to the politics of the gaze, critique of conventions and hierachies and a critical assessment of the art historical cannon. The unit engages with a variety of subversive material and political strategies that articulate the position surrounding these ideas. Students achieve a level of technical and conceptual sophistication as well as a consideration of their works in the context of contemporary art.
On successful completion of this unit, student should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include student's works made independently of the unit, and a journal which will document on-going progress and research over the semester.
12 hours comprising 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This Painting 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is placed on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Either PTG1511 or PTG1512 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1201 or FNA1202 or FNA1211 or FNA1301 or FNA1212 or FNA1303 or FNA1302 or FNA1304
FNA2203 or FNA2305
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
In the Painting 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future painting studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work:100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2306 or FNA2204
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Leslie Eastman |
This Painting 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. This unit continues to focus on the nexus between art making and the cultural and social contexts of art.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2203
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
In this Painting 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future painting studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2204
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This level 3 painting unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving painting practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA3205
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This unit is the culmination of the Painting undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students. Students continue to critically appraise their work and consolidate all conceptual, aesthetic and technical issues that relate to the individual direction of their Painting work.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Either PTG3515 or FNA3205
FNA3206
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Terri Bird |
This unit will engage the history of sculptural practice in relation to the cast object and will look at current exhibitions of contemporary artists that employ casting practices. Students will consider the readymade object, its value, worth and context. The unit will focus on the development of sculptural technologies specific to the cast object. Students will be encouraged to explore various traditional as well as contemporary materials.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include students works made independently of the unit and a journal which will document on-going progress and research in relation to the unit project.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
OHS1000, Admission to a Faculty of Art Design & Architecture course, or permission from the Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Kathy Temin |
This is an introduction to material practices, drawing and construction. Learning how to construct an object starting from a drawing process and translated into a spatial object is the focus. Students develop skills in fabricating an object in both wood and metal. The unit explores the different meanings that materials can generate as a result of their implementation.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include students works made independently of the unit and a journal which will document on-going progress and research in relation to the unit project
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
OHS1000, Admission to a Faculty of Art Design & Architecture course, or permission from the Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kathy Temin |
This unit introduces students to the practice and theory of sculpture as a means of contemporary creative expression. It focuses on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the sculpture discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course, or permission
FNA1601, FNA1611, FNA1701, FNA1703, FNA1704, FNA1722, GVA1611
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Kathy Temin |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in the corresponding Sculpture 1A unit. Students will begin to establish an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the sculpture discipline. Methods and materials specific to the sculpture studio discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to an Art & Design course or permission
FNA1602, FNA1612, FNA1703, FNA1722, GVA1612
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kathy Temin |
This unit extends the introduction to the practice and theory of sculpture as a means of contemporary creative expression. It adds to the focus on raising awareness of and providing the means to achieve an initial level of competence within the sculpture discipline, while imparting a sound conceptual and technical basis for continuing study in that discipline. The safe handling of materials and equipment is emphasised as an essential part of all studio practice.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
FNA1601 or FNA1611
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Kathy Temin |
This unit gives students the opportunity to further develop the ideas concepts, materials and processes begun in Sculpture 2A unit. Students will extend the establishment of an individual and self directed practice within the broad parameters of the sculpture discipline. Methods and materials specific to the sculpture discipline will be demonstrated and practiced. Students will be encouraged to develop further appropriate links between these methods and other means of creative self-expression. Set projects will require students to develop technical skills hand in hand with their understanding of concepts of current relevance.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including six hours of taught studio and six hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BFA course
FNA1602 or FNA1612
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Terri Bird |
This unit will explore advanced moulding and casting processes where students will learn casting processes and metal finishing techniques in materials such as bronze, aluminium, plaster, concrete and other materials. The unit looks at contemporary artists who employ casting processes and addresses the different conceptual frameworks for a range of casting outcomes.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include students works made independently of the unit and a journal which will document on-going progress and research in relation to the unit project
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Kathy Temin |
This unit will introduce a broad range of sculptural and installation approaches that artists employ when responding to different spatial contexts. Students will explore different genres of public art from a sculptural perspective and will respond to a choice of sites on campus. Students will explore and articulate different processes to achieve their ideas and present their proposal for individual and group feedback.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assessment is 100% by folio at mid-semester and end of semester. The folio will be comprised of works produced during the duration of the unit, and may also include students works made independently of the unit and a journal which will document on-going progress and research in relation to the unit project
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kathy Temin |
This Sculpture 3A unit provides a rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and encourages them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. Set projects still occur but the emphasis is on self-motivated approaches. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique. Emphasis is placed on students' continued capacity to critically assess their own work as well as that of their peers.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Either SCU1611 or SCU1612 or VIS1111 or VIS1112 or FNA1612 or FNA1701 or FNA1703 or FNA1702 or FNA1704
FNA2603 or FNA2705
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Terri Bird |
In the Sculpture 4A unit students become increasingly responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on independent investigation, and the development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, starts to determine students' focuses for future sculpture studio work. The emphasis shifts away from set projects towards self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths. Studio practice is still exploratory but with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2604 or FNA2706
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kathy Temin |
This Sculpture 3B unit extends the rigorous program to broaden students' awareness of concepts and techniques across a range of approaches, and further encourage them to seek appropriate solutions. Continued research and investigation of materials and processes fosters the acquisition of technical language, and influences appropriate choices to realise concepts within the context of a developing personal visual language. The emphasis is more on self-motivated approaches than on set projects. Teaching methods therefore tend to concentrate on individual tuition and group critique.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2603
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kathy Temin (Caulfield), Professor Claudia Terstappen (Prato) |
In this Sculpture 4B unit students become more responsible for the delivery of their major study program, with emphasis placed on increasingly independent investigation, and the further development of the creative and expressive potential inherent in students' work. This, combined with staff consultation, continues to determine students' focuses for future Sculpture studio work. Self-motivated practice and research through which students articulate their conceptual and expressive strengths is increasingly utilised. Studio practice is less exploratory and with better grasp of theoretical issues relevant to students' practices.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
12 hours per week, including four hours of taught studio and eight hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA2604
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This level 3 sculpture unit finely hones the skills acquired over the previous two years. At this stage of the course, students should demonstrate a high level of technical competence, facilitating work in their chosen field. Imagination combined with advanced conceptual lucidity, a prowess and innovation in material manipulation should be manifest at this stage of students' practice. Students develop an individual program in conjunction with the lecturer that reflects their personal direction and evolving sculpture practice. The program focuses on clear articulation of concepts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA3605
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel von Sturmer |
This unit is the culmination of the sculpture undergraduate program, and provides a stimulating and supportive environment. Students continue to work autonomously within an individually approved program of study as lecturers encourage the self-motivation, self-appraisal and professional responsibility required of the practising artist. A coordinator supervises the program and gives guidance as it is required and at the request of the students.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
Folio of studio work: 100%, of which at least 20% will be assessed before mid-semester.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
FNA3606
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
Notes
This unit is now coded AHT1101
This unit is an introduction to visual language in art and design. It examines artistic forms and media in the light of how they are made and how they engage with social symbols. Visual language is analysed in relation to aesthetic, technical and ideological frameworks. The reasons behind stylistic development are sought within the framework of the history of ideas, from the political and cultural to the economic. The unit crucially examines relations between art and design; and the diverse themes in contemporary practice are chosen in order to highlight the dynamic links between different media.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Essays (3500 words): 75%
Visual test (1 hour): 25%
Two 1 hour lectures and one 1 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
The aesthetic, spiritual and ideological energies of the industrial period in painting, furniture, advertising, metalwork and so on. The meaning of works of art and design and the meaning of the standard survey which is traditionally constructed to explain the patterns of art history.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
2 written projects: 70%
1 slide test: 30%
One 2-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
Looking across a broad range of mediums, including painting, objects, post-object and conceptual art, performance, experimental cinema, video art, actions, interventions, documents and writings, students will examine work from the Americas, Japan, Europe and Australia from the Post-War period through to the late 20th century. The influence of theory and political ideology on practice will be considered, as well as the challenge to boundaries, such as high and low art.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Minor Assignment: 1000 words (30%)
Major Research Essay: 3000 words (60%)
Tutorial Participation: (10%)
12 Hours per week, including one lecture hour, two seminar hours and 9 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at first year level in Theory of Art & Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies
TAD2112, TAD3102, TAD3112
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
This unit is a study of visual practices within Australia from colonisation to contemporary contexts. The unit will address issues of representation, nationalism and nationhood, multiculturalism, ethnicity, aboriginalty and gender. The position of the Australian artists in negotiating cultural identity is a central concern. Indigenous artistic practices and urban aboriginal and urban aboriginal art will be considered, as well as post-modern visual and cirtical practices that cut across boundaries and explore new modes of representation.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
A review of contemporary Australian Art exhibition (1000 words) : 25%+ A class paper (equivalent to 1000) words: 25%
An essay (2500 words): 50%
12 hours per week including 3 hours in lectures and seminars and 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed 12 credit points at Year 1.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Luke Morgan |
This unit focuses on the representation, design, experience and interpretation of space in Australia and abroad. Concepts of space and place are central to any understanding of modern society and culture and are at the forefront of contemporary scholarship and thought in several disciplines. This unit considers the aesthetics, politics and ethics of a wide range of spatial environments, discourses and encounters, both interior and exterior, public and private, urban and landscape, real and virtual.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Class paper, 1500 words worth 30%
Essay, 2500 words, worth 70%.
A one hour lecture and a two hour seminar each week, Nine additional hours per week of independent study (library research, reading and preperation for classes and assignments).
See also Unit timetable information
A first year sequence in TAD units for Faculty of Art & Design students. Permission for all other students.
Must not have passed TAD3138
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
The development of furniture and interiors in various epochs, ranging from Egypt to postmodernism, with frequent references to non-European cultures. Comparisons are made between such developments and the other arts, including literature and music.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Take home test 10%
Seminar Paper 2000 words 30%
Essay 3000 words 60%
3 hours lecture/tutorial contact and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
TAD2213
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
Philosophical issues concerned with the ritual and ideological values of objects and the design ethos 'proper' to them. The difference in habit between tensile members and compressive members in architecture compared to the respective ornamental expressions. Ornament and the modes of construction in timber, textile, clay and glass. Textual recommendations of theorists from antiquity to the twentieth century are judged for their internal logic, cultural implications and acceptability in the context of contemporary theory.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Two essays:2000 words 40%
3000 words 60%
3 hours lecture/tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
A first year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.
TAD2216
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
All forms of media, as powerful and persuasive communicators of ideas, beliefs and stereotypes in our contemporary world, will be analysed. Answers will be sought to many questions including: Who speaks? Who listens? Who is silenced? Who profits? What are the social, environmental and ethical responsibilities of visual communicators? Is it permissible to appropriate other visual practitioners' images and ideas? What are the points of connection and divergence between popular culture and contemporary art? Semiotics, structuralist and post-structuralist theories will be used in an attempt to decode and interpret images.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Research essay (2000 words): 40%
Short analytical essay (1000 words): 30%
One tutorial paper (1000 words): 25%
Class participation: 5%
One 1 hour lecture and one 2 hour tutorial per week
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed 12 credit points in Theory of Art and Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies
TAD3207, TAD3217
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Dion Tuckwell |
This unit investigates the visual and theoretical languages of design in relation to a number of key critical issues. It focuses on issues including the engagement of works of design with society, consumerism, gender, politics, and the environment. The role of the designer in responding to aesthetic and social challenges is also considered. Students will continue to develop a range of approaches to understanding works of design and related issues while also refining the broader critical and analytical skills necessary to their disciplines.
The Semester 1 program covers material suited to Industrial Design and Interior Architecture, and the Semester 2 program focuses on Visual Communication and Multimedia.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Written assignments and a class presentation: 75%, Visual test: 25%
12 hours including; 1 hour lecture, 2 hour seminar plus 9 hours of independent study
See also Unit timetable information
TAD1101 or TAD1203
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
Looking across a broad range of mediums, including painting, objects, post-object and conceptual art, performance, experimental cinema, video art, actions, interventions, documents and writings, students will examine work from the Americas, Japan, Europe and Australia from the Post-War period through to the late 20th century. The influence of theory and political ideology on practice will be considered, as well as the challenge to boundaries, such as high and low art.
On successful completion of this unit, student will:
Minor Assignment: 1000 words (30%)
Major Research Essay: 3000 words (60%)
Tutorial Participation: (10%)
12 Hours per week, including one lecture hour, two seminar hours and 9 independent study hours.
See also Unit timetable information
12 credit points at second year level in Theory of Art & Design, Visual Culture or Cultural Studies
TAD2102, TAD2112, TAD3112
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Jan Bryant |
This subject will chart and critically analyse transformations in international art and curatorial practice since the end of the 1980s through a case-study model that is both chronological and thematic. Various modes of recent art practice will be explored: from postcolonial performance to the boom in Asian art, and from art as fashion to the development of the curator as a kind of artist and the exhibition as an art work. Students taking this course will also be introduced to the major discourses and writers in art theory since 1989, and the role of art within its broader social and cultural contexts.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
One seminar issue based discussion paper, 1500 words
One research essay, 3000 words
Third year students are expected to read at a higher level
12 hours per week including 3 contact hours and 9 hours of independent study or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
Must have passed first year Theory of Art & Design or a first year sequence in Visual Culture or a relevant discipline.
Must not have passed TAD2105
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
A 'survey' of visual arts in Australia from colonisation to contemporary contexts. Historical and social perspectives in the development of painting, sculpture, printmaking, photography and film, architecture and design. Representation and subjectivity, cultural identity, nationalism and nationhood, ethnicity and gender. Issues of mainstream and marginality; notions of the 'centre' and regionalism, Australia's relationship to Europe and European art generally, and the notion of landscape as a shaper of national identity.
On successful completion of this unit, student will:
4 critically discuss the cultural practices of Australian artists and designers, in historical, artistic, ideological and socio-political contexts, and theorise the basis for the marginalisation of certain individuals and groups
5 be aware of the problematical nature of Australian artistic practices especially in terms of the local artist/designer's position within both regional and international contexts.
A review of contemporary Australian Art exhibition (1000 words) : 25%+ A class paper (equivalent to 1000) words: 25%
An essay (2500 words): 50%
One 2 hour lecture, one 1 hour tutorial and 3 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
2 second-year level TAD units
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
The designs of a wide range of historical interiors are analysed with reference to the exterior and ground plan of buildings, the furniture which they contain and the various functions - practical and symbolic - which were (and possibly still are) undertaken within them. The subject is not uniquely concerned with the systematic description of historical change in interiors and furniture but with subjective evocation and imaginary narratives of their use, as lecturer and student attempt to conjecture, with the benefit of historical resources, what kind of a life was lived within them.
On successful completion of this subject, students will have a sound knowledge of key epochs of interior design and furniture; appreciate and express lucidly and imaginatively the historical correspondences between the styles of furniture and architecture generally; appreciate historical correspondences between the styles of interiors and other art forms - such as sculpture and painting - with insight and discernment; possess critical opinions and inspirational insights concerning the aesthetic, symbolic and functional merits of historical exemplars; be able to identify or conjecture the social values that interiors and furniture have represented, and discuss the systems of authority to which they belonged;
have a readiness to combine imaginative responses concerning the character of spaces and pieces of furniture with historical knowledge and learned opinion about them; and appreciate, and have opinions about, heritage issues and relate such opinions in a systematic ethical argument.
Two essays or class presentations supplemented, where appropriate, with written notes, 40% (2,000 words) and 60% (3,000 words) each. Third year level essay topics will be separate from the second year level list and will require a more advanced engagement with the discipline.
Any second year TAD or equivalent second year humanities unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Cotter |
Themes in the understanding of decorative design are initially structured historically; however, once a basic framework is established, discussions move to the philosophical issues concerned with the ritual and ideolological values of objects and the design ethos, which is 'proper' to them. The unit examines a great range of manifestations: the difference in habit between tensile members and compressive members in architecture is compared to the respective ornamental expressions; ornament and the modes of construction in timber (as in furniture) are examined, as are those in textile (such as weaving, crochet, knitting) or clay (throwing and hand-building) and glass (hot and cold).
On successful completion of this unit, student will:
Essay (3000 words):50%
Class paper (3000 words):50%
Students not required to attend residential program
A second year sequence in TAD units for faculty course students or permission for all other students.
TAD2206,TAD2216,TAD3216
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Narelle Pittardand Ms Charity Edwards (Interior Architecture) |
This unit will investigate contemporary issues in the interface of design with society and the environment. Design discourse centered on the moral dichotomies of judgement in design, such as practicality/impracticality, social use/private folly, labour-saving/unneccessary consumption, luxury/environmental nuisance will be critically investigated. The impact of this discourse on the students' areas of specialisation will be specifically addressed in the seminar program.
The Semester 1 program covers material suited to Industrial Design and Interior Architecture, and the Semester 2 program focuses on Visual Communication and Multimedia.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%; Essay (3000 words): 60%; Short class presentation, attendance and participation: 10%
12 hours per week including, 3 hours lectures and seminars and 9 hours independent study weekly, or equivalent.
See also Unit timetable information
TAD3209, TAD3211, TAD3792
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Daniel Palmer |
This unit aims to help students develop their knowledge and understanding of various key theoretical writers and concepts relevant to advanced studies in contemporary art. Prevailing critical theories and terms are outlined in order to open up research venues considered particularly productive for the art researcher's own personal directions. The unit is designed as a training for independent research and encourages students to investigate a wide range of ideas circulating in contemporary visual culture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assignments (two written papers): 30% and 70%
3 hours of lectures and tutorials and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to honours year
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Spiros Panigirakis, Dr Leonie Cooper |
Designed as a flexible unit, with an innovative small-group mode of delivery that enables the unit content to be student-led. It is specifically designed to enable students to contextualise their own creative practice in theoretical terms. With an emphasis on creative and critically aware approaches to visual production, the unit aims to open up and consolidate research avenues that may be particularly productive for individual student's personal directions.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Two assignments: 30% and 70%
3 seminar hours and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kirsten Moegerlein (Design), Ms Nicole Kalms (Interior Architecture) |
The unit examines methodological approaches to design research, from the scientifically oriented to the phenomenological, the discursive and the poetic. Attention is given to the way in which the terms of an investigation inevitably shape the material which is discovered. The range of topics may include techniques in information gathering and efficient management of bibliographic resources, postmodern theory, difference studies, post-structural writing and deconstruction. The unit ponders the relationship of studio research (i.e. designing innovative objects or spaces or interfaces) to conventional research.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Class paper (2000 words): 30%
Class paper (4000 words) : 70%
12 hours per week including, 2 hours of lectures and seminars and 10 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Six credit points in any level 3 theory (TAD) unit
TAD4521,TAD4522
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anna Daly |
This unit considers the various strands of European modernism and their legacy in relation to the design disciplines. Key avant-garde movements and practices are studied, with particular consideration given to their ideological, political and cultural contexts and motives. The critical and utopian tendencies of twentieth-century avant-garde practices are considered in terms of their lasting implications for the social role of design. Students will continue to develop a range of approaches to understanding works of design and related issues, while also refining the broader critical and analytical skills necessary to their disciplines.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Short essay (1500 words): 30%
Long essay (2500 words) including class presentation: 70%
One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial plus 9 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anna Daly |
This unit covers a range of sociological and critical theories that inform the analysis and interpretation of designed objects and images. Various perspectives of production, consumption and exchange are considered, including theories of the commodity and the gift. The bodies of thought surveyed include Marxist and structuralist perspectives, and subsequent discourses, as well as parallel streams of critique, and attendant linguistic and semiotic theories. Students will develop an enhanced understanding of the systems of objects and images to which designers contribute.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Essay (3000 words) including class presentation: 70%
One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial plus 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anna Daly |
This unit covers significant theories and readings specific to the discipline of communication design. The histories of print- and screen-based communication are studied, with particular consideration given to the social and technical changes that have influenced the development of communication design. Theories of communication, readability and authorship are considered. A particular focus lies with the technologies of typography and the evolution of the written word. Students will develop an appreciation of the history of the discipline and its social significance, in order to better understand contemporary communication design.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Essay (3000 words) including class presentation: 70%
One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial plus 9 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anna Daly |
This unit develops the capacity to understand and apply the methodologies of current design research practice. Through using research processes appropriate to their discipline, students will investigate contemporary issues that penetrate the links between design, society and the environment. They will be required to use their research to uncover existing knowledge; use it to articulate and substantiate an argument; and build on it to formulate their own critically informed ideas. Through acquired research skills students will be able to interrogate a range of contemporary design issues drawn from the perceived moral dichotomies of design: useful/useless, social conscience/private indulgence, essential need/unnecessary consumption, luxury/necessity, and so on.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Essay (3000 words) including class presentation: 70%
On-campus: One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial plus 9 independent
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anna Daly |
This unit develops the capacity to understand and apply the principles and practice of design strategy and will also clarify the professional obligations required of designers. Using investigative processes students will learn the role of design strategy in professional practice and work with industry case studies to develop a greater understanding of strategy in the design process. Design strategy is an intellectual contribution to implementing design briefs and creating relevant and commercially sound visual communication. Professional practice covers the practical business requirements of commercial design studios and students will acquire and participate in negotiation skills, teamwork, written and verbal communication and project management skills across design undertakings large and small that include complex multidisciplinary projects.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
100% Progressive assessment is by a series of assignments
On-campus: One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial plus 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Anna Daly |
This unit is intended for design students planning to further their studies beyond the undergraduate degree. It aims to provide the foundation for advanced design research skills and a capacity for critical thinking appropriate to honours and further postgraduate levels.
The unit examines a number of methodological approaches to design research, from the analytical to the phenomenological, the discursive and the poetic. The complex intersection between studio research and conventional research will also be explored. In doing so students will be able to evaluate their own practice and position it within a broader framework of geographic, historical, political, economic and social contexts. The unit will expose students to the diverse techniques utilized in information gathering and will emphasize the efficient management of bibliographic resources. More advanced writing skills will be developed.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Essay (3000 words) including class presentation: 70%
On-campus: One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial plus 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Giosue Prochilo |
Through a sequence of exercises that use the human figure and natural and made objects, skills in observation, representation, visualisation are developed. The basic elements and principles of two and three-dimensional design are introduced and applied in the development of the analytical and visual communication skills. Students develop methodologies for creative problem solving in design and the exploration and manipulation of design elements. Set projects encourage experimentation with various materials, techniques and methods of interpretation.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Five major projects: 100%
12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 3 hour studio and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Jeff Janet |
On successful completion of this unit students should be able to skillfully and creatively manipulate and incorporate time based digital media within multimedia productions. Students are introduced to increasingly complex design and imaging tools and encouraged to explore innovative application to a wide range of communications and multimedia outcomes. Areas covered include motion graphics, sound and video production. Students will also be provided with appropriate skills and knowledge to create and produce a variety of electronic publishing media, such as WWW, Video and CD-ROM.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Minor assignments: 60%. Major projects: 40%.
12 hours per week including; 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCM1001 or VCM1101
VCM2101
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Taylor |
Introduces students to skills, processes, materials and equipment for graphic design and image making. Students are introduced to topics through a series of theoretical and practical exercises. They are required to use typography and other methods of visual communication. Each exercise will require students to identify appropriate research resources. Historical and contemporary examples of design and typography will be examined, analysed and discussed, providing opportunities for students to understand and develop skills in visual communication, visual literacy, personal communication, concept development, design experimentation, graphic processes and presentation.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 70% Visual diary: 10% Minor exercises: 20%
4 hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
DGN1001 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Design (Visual Communication) program, or by permission from course coordinator.
VCO1101, VCO1102
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
This unit introduces students to the fundamental skills, processes, materials and equipment relevant to the practice of contemporary illustration. It endeavours to expose them to a range of illustration styles and techniques, while promoting a broad use of them in traditional and experimental forums. While studying existing illustration styles, students will be encouraged towards an individual image making process that they can develop in future projects, both within this unit and others. The role of Illustration as a vital component to contemporary visual communication will be heavily emphasised.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 80%, Visual Diary: 10%, Minor exercises: 10%.
One 1 hour lecture plus 3 studio hours weekly
See also Unit timetable information
VCO1201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Vincent Chan |
Introduces the fundamental principles of typography. Students will utilise type both as a communicative and expressive tool. Contemporary and historical methods of typographic production, from print to digital media are examined. Students are encouraged to critically analyse and question the relationships between type and meaning, type and language. Emphasis is placed upon the acquisition of skills and knowledge.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 70% Minor projects: 30%
3 contact hours plus 13 hours of private study per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO1301
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
In this subject students will study the work of innovative visual designers from Modernism until the present. They will analyse how designers use pictorial images and words to convey meanings; and how they achieve this by employing a form of visual language equivalent to written language. Through studying design solutions created in contexts ranging from mainstream graphic design and advertising through to socio-political messages and imagery made by non-designers, the students will develop a referential understanding of the potential of visual language for designers. They will then be required to apply this knowledge to the making of designs employing similar problem-solving strategies.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Investigation project: 40%; design application: 50%; small studio exercices: 10%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in an Art & Design course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
This unit deals with design methodology, concept development and resolution of problems in two and three-dimensional design. Projects provide opportunities for students to develop and understand the context that informs their work. Students consider the relationship between form and communication. Design issues, critical theory and history are explored in relation to assigned projects. During this time students will explore and experiment with design techniques and processes relevant to current assignments.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 80%. Minor projects: 20%
12 hours per week, including; 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2103
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
This unit presents opportunities for students to undertake research and further develop knowledge and skills acquired in VCO2003 Graphic Design 3. The projects are designed to provide intellectual and practical challenges to students. Students undertake work which is speculative, allowing for experimentation and exploration of design concepts, techniques and processes, and are encouraged to consider the role designers play in the creation of visual culture(s).
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 80%. Minor projects: 20%
12 hours per week, including; 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2104
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
This unit will emphasise the principle role illustration plays in the practice of graphic design. While continuing to develop individual illustration skills, students will be expected to realise their images in their intended contexts, such as packaging design, shopping bags, book covers, posters, advertisements, or other traditional graphic design formats. While being exposed to traditional image making processes students will also be encouraged to explore more experimental methods. A mix of hand generated imagery and digital methods will be encouraged.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Major projects: 80%. Visual Diary: 10%. Minor exercises: 10%.
One 1 hour lecture plus 3 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
OHS1000 & Must be enrolled in MADA course or by permission
VCO3205
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
This unit explores the role of illustration within particular editorial formats, especially those related to newspapers and magazines. Particular emphasis will be placed on the visual interpretation of words, extracting the essence of literary content with one visual image. Illustrations will be placed within their intended context. They do not exist on their own but are seen in relation to other editorial elements: bodies of text, display typography and mastheads. Traditional image making processes will be encouraged along with more experimental methods.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 80%. Visual diary: 10%. Minor exercises: 10%.
One 1 hour lecture plus 3 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO3204
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Troon |
This elective builds upon the core unit VCO1301. The course comprises a series of theoretical and practical exercises. Students are encouraged to build upon their skills and knowledge of typography and begin to critically analyse and question the relationships between type and meaning, type and language. Emphasis is placed upon conceptual development and a willingness to approach typography perceptively and with curiosity. Students are encouraged to pursue individual outcomes to projects that indicate a willingness to explore and experiment within an awareness of the history of typography. The skills and knowledge acquired form a solid basis to support the major area of graphic design.
On completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 70%. Minor projects: 30%
12 hours per week, including; 4 hours including: 1-hour lecture, one 3-hour studio and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2302
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Adam Cruickshank |
This unit introduces students to the specific skills, demands, practices and opportunities in advertising. A series of assigned projects involving press, print, signage and television applications, students explore the parameters, opportunities and constraints of these various contexts. Students are expected to develop basic skills in all areas of advertising including, concept creation, visualisation, copy writing and art direction. The ethics of practice and the moral responsibility of advertising are actively discussed and debated.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 60%. Minor projects: 40%
12 hours per week including: 4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
48 credit points from any Monash degree
VCO2401
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ned Culic |
Expanding upon the technical expertise gained in the prerequisite modules, this series of lectures and applied instruction focuses on type, typesetting terminology, methods of production, printing techniques and requirements, and paper selection. Whilst expanding the range and degree of students' technical skills, this unit is also intended to bridge the gap between theory and practice, increase students' communication skills and implement productive work habits. Students undertake a number of projects requiring the preparation of finished artwork for black-and-white and colour reproduction. In addition, students are given an overview of compatible computer technology.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Assigned projects: 50%. Class presentation: 20%. Written test: 30%.
4 studio hours and 4 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2405
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Sarah Jones |
This unit will demonstrate how an unfamiliar location, experience or culture can effect and inform the process of image making for art and design. Particular emphasis will be placed on the process of gathering information (visual research) and using image making skills to document their findings. From this, they will create a response to the unfamilar environment through a narrative of images that documents their experience. The process is intended to assist the students to mature as artists and designers and to allow them to understand the importance of image as a means of communicating without need of verbal language.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Exercise: 60%
Major project: 40%
156 hours including: Intensive studio teaching: 13 hours per week by 4 weeks (duration of stay) with 52 hours of independent study overseas. Plus 52 hours additional study for the remainder of the semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students who have successfully completed 48 credit points in the first year of an Art and Design course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Pamela Salen |
Graphic Design Studio 5 allows students the opportunity to develop a body of work that defines them as articulate, intelligent and adventurous designers, prepared to meet the needs of a contemporary communication environment. The students are required to function as mature designers, capable of originating high quality projects that showcase a range of skills in design and layout, typography and image making, all executed with an emphasis on appropriate research and professional procedures. Contemporary visual thinking will be applied to areas such as logo design, brochures, poster design, editorial layout and package design.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
4-5 assignment projects: 90% plus studio exercise: 10%
8 hours studio and 16 hours of independent study per week.
See also Unit timetable information
VCO3105 VCO3106
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Pamela Salen |
This unit builds upon the creative and intellectual skills developed in its prerequisite, Graphic Design Studio 5. On completion students will have developed a body of professional industry-standard works that demonstrate their awareness of contemporary design practice and their ability to work within it. Students will be encouraged to develop an individual approach that defines them as independent, creative and intelligent thinkers ready to challenge and contribute to a contemporary visual communication environment. Extensive and professional interaction with each other's work practice and the lecturing staff is essential to achieve this end.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
A folio of approximately four major projects: 80%; smaller studio exercises: 10%; presentation of a complete professional quality folio: 10%
One 1 hour lecture plus 7 hours of tutorial and 16 hours pf independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO3106
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Regina Newey |
This unit will develop the students understanding of conceptual thinking in contemporary illustration. It will introduce them to new approaches to image making that do not rely on literal or obvious visual reference. The art of humour, wit, metaphor and abstraction will be utilised in the answering of each brief in order to strengthen the students' illustration and intellectual skills and consequently their confidence as strong conceptual visual communicators. They will be encouraged toward experimentation and exploration of both traditional and digital illustrative techniques.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
4 major projects: 80%; smaller exercises: 20%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO3204, VCO3205
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Warren Taylor |
Within this unit students will undertake a study of the business practice of illustration while continuing to develop their image making skills. They will be exposed to the legalities of contracts, talent agencies, correct pricing strategies and successful methods of self-promotion. As well, they will continue to undertake illustration projects that hone personal skills and an individual illustration style and specialty. Additional skills such as layout, design and typography will also be enhanced though their application to each project.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
4 image-based projects: 70%; 1 research journal: 15%; 1 self-promotion project: 15%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
VCO3205
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Daniel Milne |
While this unit is concerned with the acquisition of skills to produce fonts digitally, the emphasis is on focused experimentation and the refinement of those skills. Students become familiar with the potentiality and limitations of specific font software packages and learn how to achieve high quality results. This is a highly specialised area of computer-generated typography and offers students the opportunity to be in the forefront of font development. Questions of legibility and the challenging of traditional methods of conveying messages through typography are addressed, discussed and debated.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Major projects: 80%. Minor projects: 20%.
12 hours per week, including: 3 hours per week including one 1-hour lecture, 2-hour studio and 9 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2303
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ziga Testen |
Theoretical and practical exercises in the relationships between typography and meaning, typography and language, and type in media will provide this unit's educational core. Skills in fine-point typography and publishing software are emphasised. Set projects engage students in the production of sophisticated typographic solutions for print, publications and generalist design applications.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Approximately 4 assigned projects: 100%
4 studio hours and 8 independent study hours per week.
See also Unit timetable information
VCO3303
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Building upon the skills and knowledge acquired in VCO2402 students undertake hypothetical briefs interspersed with actual briefs from advertising representatives. These projects involve press, print, signage and television applications. In addition to facilitating the development of individual skills and advertising abilities, the projects also assist students' to develop as a vital and contributing member of a creative team. Collaborative projects, tours and seminars provide students with the opportunity to engage productively with the advertising industry.
On successful completion of this subject, students should:
Major projects: 60%. Minor projects: 40%
12 hours per week including: 4 hours and 8 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VCO2401
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Taylor |
This unit is the first part of a major visual communication project. It provides an opportunity to research issues, undertake conceptual design and develop refinements on the basis of the advanced attainment achieved at the end of the Bachelor of Design (Visual Communication) course. In most instances the project is proposed by the student at the beginning of the semester in consultation with the lecturer, and approved by the lecturer and course coordinator. This allows the address of issues of capability or knowledge, or the development of specialist understanding or skills to be built into the student's program.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid semester portfolio:20%
Final portfolio:80%
6 hours in class and 18 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
admission to BVisComm Honours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Design |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Taylor |
This unit is the second part of the major project sequence for the honours course, and students are expected to continue with the research initiated in VCO4107, and develop a time frame which details the final visual presentation in consultation with a supervisor and the course coordinator. The project must have appropriate aspects to serve as a vehicle to demonstrate the student's professional understanding and capabilities, as well as appropriate complexity to enable the student to professionally undertake and present it within the time and resource limitations of the unit. All documentation must be completed to a professional standard.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid semester portfolio:20%
Final portfolio:80%
8 studio hours and 28 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sanne Mestrom |
This unit is an introduction to visual arts studio practice. Students will familiarise themselves with different processes, methods and materials through experiencing different fine art disciplines. Projects will be set which introduce conceptual, formal and technical methods by which particular ideas may be fully explored and investigated. Occupational, Health, Safety and Environment issues generic to art and design and specific to each discipline will be addressed.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 80% Journal: 20%
4 hours of studio plus 8 hours of independent study a week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to BVA, BA/BVA, BBusCom/BVA, BVA/BEdu,DOFS
any corequisite in OHS1000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rodney Forbes |
A number of issues and themes traditionally found within visual arts practice will be introduced. Through set projects, and the parameters related to various discipline areas studied, students will be expected to develop a folio of work that represents their personal exploration and investigation of these themes. Procedures and processes which allow the student to establish a working momentum within his/her studio practice, and Occupational, Health, Safety and Environment issues specific to each discipline will also be addressed.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 80% Journal: 20%
4 hours studio and 8 hours study and practice per week
See also Unit timetable information
VIS1102
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
The interrelationship of the visual arts with art forms such as film, theatre, dance, performance, poetry, literature, popular culture and the mass media. Individual exploration of themes, subject matter, techniques and materials. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%
8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
VIS1102 OR VIS1112
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
Students explore themes in their work in relation to cultures and traditions. The investigation comprises research into the conceptual, formal and technical aspects of the work of a number of appropriate artists. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%
8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Tony Hanning (Gippsland), Dr Stephen Garrett (Prato)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rodney Forbes |
Students will investigate the interrelationship of art forms such as film, theatre, dance, performance, poetry, literature, popular culture and the mass media with the visual arts. Individual exploration of themes, subject matter, techniques and materials will be encouraged within studio practice based on these investigations. As well as producing a folio of work, students will be expected to keep a journal which documents in visual and written form their investigations, progress and development. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Studio 80%
Journal 20%
12 hours per week, comprising: 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Salote Tawale |
Students will consolidate and explore specific themes and subject matter evident within their studio work in relation to the cultures and traditions in which these themes already exist. An investigation into the conceptual, formal and technical aspects of the work of a number of historical and contemporary artists who are similarly concerned will be undertaken. As well as producing a folio of work, students will be expected to keep a journal which documents in visual and written form their investigations and progress. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Studio 80%
Journal 20%
12 hours per week, comprising: 4 contact hours and 8 independent study hours
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
This unit allows students to undertake a work placement within their degree discipline for 12 weeks. Students will develop understanding and skills relevant to job planning, time management and the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility. Through participation and analysis in the workplace the characteristics of an organisation that support the achievement of its goals will be identified as well as the external factors that impact on an organisation and its industry sector.
On successful completion of this unit students will demonstrate:
Learning contract: 10%
Journal: 30%
Project: 60%
420 hours work placement, 39 hours independant study
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to the Cooperative Education Program and completion of 84 credit points in the Bachelor of Visual Arts, Gippsland Campus.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
Independent research into historical and contemporary concepts related to individual work. General aspects and themes including metaphor, myth, narrative, imagination/fantasy, the spiritual, sign and symbol. Consolidation of relevant technical and procedural processes. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%
8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tony Hanning |
Students write a comprehensive work proposal outlining the theme of their research, its intent and the means by which it will be expressed. The proposal should also place the work in the context of historical and contemporary practice, including reference to specific artists of particular relevance. Students complete a folio of art work and keep a journal in relation to the set projects. Studio practice may be undertaken in complementary areas such as painting, photography and sculpture.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Folio: 80%
Journal: 20%
8 studio hours and 16 independent study hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
Studio at honours level in visual arts is research-oriented and is non-prescriptive in the terms of its content. Successful research in Visual Arts is necessarily contingent upon individual interests and passions. Students are expected to produce a proposal at the beginning of the semester; and consult regularly with their lecturers upon its implementation. Both the intentions of students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions
Upon completion of this units, students will:
By folio 100%, including an initial project of no less than 20%
4-hours lectures, tutorials and studio plus 20-hours independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to honours program
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
Studio at honours level in visual arts is research-oriented and the syllabus does not prescribe the content of projects. However, it provides an important creative and critical framework for the development of the individual's imaginative faculties which drive the student toward a particular kind of work. Students are expected to produce a written proposal at the beginning of the semester and consult regularly with their Lecturers on its implementation. Both the intentions of the students and the results of their work are debated in group discussions and critical sessions.
Upon completion of this unit, students will:
By folio 100%, including an initial project of no less than 20%
4-hours lectures, tutorials and supervised studio work plus 32-hours independent study per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Spiros Panigirakis |
This unit is the first in the Visual Practices sequence that provides students with a broad range of approaches to contemporary art. The program will address topics such as perceptual and conceptual drawing, installation, representational practices, performance, lens-based media and others. Students will be encouraged to develop inventive solutions to a series of projects set around these topics. Teaching methods involve critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week, including eight hours of taught studio and sixteen hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to the Bachelor of Visual Arts Course
Any FNA level 1 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Spiros Panigirakis |
This unit is the second in the Visual Practices sequence that provides students with a broad range of approaches to contemporary art for those wishing to work in the arts industry as curators, arts writers, educators or practitioners. Topics are delivered in a workshop environment and will include a range of media and approaches to contemporary art and its institutions. Students will be encouraged to further develop inventive solutions to a series of projects set around these topics. Teaching methods involve critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
A pass in unit VPR1001
Any FNA level 1 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford, Dr Spiros Panigirakis |
This unit is the third in the Visual Practices sequence that provides students with a broad range of approaches to contemporary art for those wishing to work in the arts industry as curators, arts writers, educators or practitioners. Topics are delivered in a workshop environment and will include a range of media and approaches to contemporary art and its institutions.
The unit workshop program encourages an experimental approach to conceptual and material outcomes whilst providing opportunities to cultivate curatorial, critical writing and administrative skills. Students may select from a range of workshops which collectively enable them to develop an area of expertise within the broad contemporary art field. Topics are selected from a range of contemporary art workshops as well as curatorial practice, arts writing and education.
Students are required to investigate and develop individual and collaborative solutions to a series of projects. Teaching methodology involves critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
100% mixed mode.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Completion of VPR1002
Any FNA level 2 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Prato Trimester 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marian Crawford (Semester 2), Dr Stephen Garrett (Trimester T3-58) |
This unit is the fourth in the Visual Practices sequence that provides a rigorous encounter with a range of contemporary art practices both practical and professional. It instructs students in core knowledge and issues in the visual arts and the arts industry.
The unit workshop program continues to offer a selection of approaches to conceptual and material art practice whilst providing opportunities to develop curatorial, critical writing and administrative skills. Students continue to select from a range of workshops which enable them to develop an area of expertise within the broad contemporary art field. Topics include a range of contemporary art approaches as well as curatorial practice, arts writing and education.
Students are required to further investigate and develop individual and collaborative solutions to a series of projects. Teaching methodology involves critical dialogue, class discussion and evaluation. Safe and sustainable approaches to fabrication techniques and materials are promoted as core values in the unit.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
100% mixed mode
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice
See also Unit timetable information
A pass in unit VPR2001.
Any FNA level 2 unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Helen Johnson |
This unit is the fifth in the Visual Practices sequence. In this unit students will focus on their chosen areas of interest reflected in their choice of workshops. Topics will include curatorship, arts writing and a range of contemporary art approaches. A high degree of independence, combined with advanced conceptual lucidity and prowess in the development of curatorial, collective and individual practices should be evident at this stage. Students develop individual programs in conjunction with the lecturers that reflect their personal direction and evolving practice, either curatorial, theoretical or practical.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
100% mixed mode.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
A pass in VPR2002
Any FNA level 3 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Helen Johnson |
This unit is the last and culminating unit in the Visual Practices sequence. In this unit students will focus on their chosen areas of interest reflected in their choice of workshops. Topics will include curatorship, arts writing and a range of contemporary art approaches. A high degree of independence, combined with advanced conceptual lucidity and prowess in the development of curatorial, collective and individual practices should be evident at this stage. Students develop final individual programs in conjunction with the lecturers that reflect their personal direction and evolving practice, that provide a bridge to the broader arts industry.
On successful completion of this unit, students should:
100% mixed mode.
24 hours per week, including 8 hours of taught studio and 16 hours of personal study and studio practice.
See also Unit timetable information
Completion of VPR3001
Any FNA level 3 unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the student and approved by the department by the end of the previous year. Students will be expected to commence work during the long vacation. The thesis will be written under supervision, and students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
The minor thesis should be on a topic chosen by the student and approved by the department by the end of the previous year. Students will be expected to commence work during the long vacation. The thesis will be written under supervision, and students will be expected to meet regularly with their supervisors. The thesis must be submitted in two typed copies, suitably bound, no later than the final day of the second semester.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Thesis (15,000 - 18,000 words): 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Palmer |
This unit is designed to equip honours students with critical and theoretical skills appropriate to the study of art history and visual culture at an advanced level. Topics to be considered will include theories of the image, representation and meaning, the operation of ideology, especially in relation to race and gender, social theories (including Marxist and neo-Marxist accounts), applications of psychoanalysis to the visual field, postmodernism and its critiques, cyberculture, and recent theorisations of visual culture.
First essay (2500 words): 25%
Seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second essay (4000 words): 50%
3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week
See also Unit timetable information
VSA 3010
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anne Marsh |
The unit will consider the ways in which contemporary artists and theorists have attempted to reform the structure of the art institution. Alternative art practices and spaces in Australia will be considered with reference to events in Europe and America. Marxist and feminist initiatives will be analysed in detail. The concept of the 'global village,' will be examined and the successes and failures of the different initiatives will be studied in relation to contemporary theories and arts policy in Australia.
First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second seminar paper (2500 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 50%
Workload is 2.5 hours (1 x 2.5 hour seminar) per week
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anne Marsh |
This unit is based on a practice of internships for students in cultural institutions. It is designed to provide students with first hand experience of working within the culture industry while introducing them to the types of research customarily undertaken in such institutions. After several preliminary seminars, students will be assigned to a museum/ gallery in which they will work for two days per week, over a period of nine weeks, under the direction of the relevant director. They will undertake a research project of specific relevance to the cultural institution.
Catalogue exercise (1500 words): 25%
Research project (5500 words): 75%
Internship practical work (equivalent 2000 words)
Workload is 2.5 hour seminar per week for 4 weeks and 2 days per week during the 9 week period of internship
See also Unit timetable information
Two units at fourth-year level in visual culture or an appropriate discipline
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture |
Organisational Unit | Department of Fine Art |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Daniel Palmer |
The recurring issues of regionalism and internationalism will be addressed, as will interpretations of Australia as the site of international congruence and influence. The unit will move from discussion of the American influence of The Field exhibition of 1968 to the 'pluralism' of the 1970s: minimal art, performance art and feminism. The focus on the 1980s and 1990s will address some of the following: neo-expressionism, appropriation, nomadology, aboriginality, theoretical issues and the current status of Australian art, including recent developments in abstraction, installation, gay art and 'angry women.'
First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
Second seminar paper (2500 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 40%
2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week
See also Unit timetable information